Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / Spok Holdings, Inc.

Spok Holdings, Inc.

spok · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker spok
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 418
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Spok Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Healthcare has changed.
The importance of care team
collaboration hasn’t.

2020

Annual Report

2020 At-A-Glance: 

•  Sold our first five Spok Go® platform deals in the second half of the year 

•  Generated 79 six-figure customers 

•  Placed 104,000 new pager units and saw record-low wireless revenue attrition 

•  Generated $26.2 million in net cash provided by operating activities 

•  Primarily offset the negative impacts of COVID-19 through focused expense management to align our operations with  
     market conditions 

•  Continued to provide solutions to all of the U.S. News & World Report Best Adult and Children’s Hospitals 

•  Rated #1 secure communications platform for hospitals and health systems by Black Book Market Research for the               
    fourth consecutive year

spok. co m

2

2

A Message from the President and Chief Executive Officer

To Our Stockholders

During 2020 Spok made substantial progress. We 

In 2020, more than 82% of our revenues were recurring 

accelerated the development of our Spok Go® platform, 

in nature, coming from either wireless usage or software 

and further aligned our resources to focus on increasing 

maintenance contracts. This mix is somewhat protective 

the Company’s long-term growth potential and creating 

of our top line, and we expect it to continue through 

value for our stockholders. We were highly encouraged 

2021. We provide a critical function that is even more 

by our performance in the second half of the year 

important in this environment – delivering reliable 

and believe that this momentum positions Spok for 

communications and clinical information to care teams 

continued improvement in 2021. 

when and where it matters most to improve patient 

When I wrote this letter last year, we were in the 

outcomes.  

beginning stages of the COVID-19 pandemic and the 

Before we get into the details of the full year, I want to 

resulting major disruption to our lives and to world 

highlight where we are strategically with respect to our 

economies. Many of us have been sick, lost loved ones, 

business plan and outlook.  

or have been otherwise adversely impacted. We know 

the pressure and stress have fallen disproportionally on 

One of the key drivers of our success will be the 

healthcare clinicians and staff. Fortunately, we are now 

Spok Go platform, announced early last year, which 

seeing wide-spread distribution of vaccines and the 

is developed on a foundation of a single, best-in-class 

world is returning to some sense of normalcy.  

architecture, built on a cloud-based Software as a 

Despite the many challenges that we encountered last 

year as a result of the pandemic, our team was able 

Specifically, Spok Go offers: 

Service (SaaS) delivery model.

to stay focused and in fact broke a five-year record for 

selling new console licenses. This involved helping our 

existing customers set up remote call center capability 

during the initial onset of COVID-19 and booking Spok 

Go deals in the second half of the year, while building 

the pipeline for 2021. 

While the situation remains fluid, and no one can predict 

the impact that new virus variants might have on global 

infection levels, let me assure our stockholders that 

the fundamentals that drove our ability to weather the 

impacts last year remain in place.  

We continue to take the necessary steps to provide for 

•  Scalable enterprise solution – The Amazon Web    
     Services, or AWS, backed cloud architecture removes       

     barriers and connects the entire care network. 

•  Intelligent routing & escalation – We can  
    deliver actionable clinical information to expedite  

    communications. 

•  Powerful directory & native on-call – This reduces  
    errors and wasted time with one source of truth for all  

    roles, departments, and locations. 

•  Flexible & open architecture – We empower  
    hospital staff to use the best devices for their roles,       

the safety of employees and to ensure the continuity of 

    including pagers. 

our operations and product development.  

spok. co m

3

3

 
 
       
   
                     
     
Clearly, it was challenging to roll out a new platform 

Spok has many loyal, satisfied customers and strengths 

right as the pandemic struck. The timing really could not 

as an organization. This is evidenced by a customer list 

have been worse. However, the long-term potential for 

of over 2,200 hospitals, strong industry endorsements, 

Spok Go remains unchanged. Bookings and revenue will 

strong recurring wireless and software maintenance 

ramp up over time as the impacts from the pandemic 

revenue, and positive customer feedback.   

recede, our customers open back up for in-person visits, 

and our sales and services teams can travel more freely. 

Based on customer feedback and our evaluation of the 

competitive environment, we believe we are on track for 

long-term success and value creation that will reward all 

our constituents.  

Prior to the pandemic, the healthcare market had 

experienced significant change and consolidation. 

COVID-19 is only accelerating that. Hospitals now face a 

tremendous amount of pressure to reduce and rationalize 

vendors, while regionalizing healthcare delivery and also 

generating profit margins. We believe our strategy around 

Spok also continues to remain focused on the efficient 

Spok Go aligns perfectly with these mandates and our 

and effective operation of our wireless infrastructure 

vision to become the strategic partner of choice for 

and support systems. We maintain a source of strong 

enterprise-grade clinical communications and patient 

recurring revenue in our paging service line. We run the 

care coordination. 

largest paging network in the U.S. and have integrated 

its operations deeply with our software operations, while 

continuing to enhance our paging platform and user 

devices. Our wireless subscribers provide the base that 

allows for our investment in product development as well 

as support for our capital allocation plan. Over time, we 

expect software revenue to exceed wireless revenue 

on a quarterly basis. However, despite this projected 

transition, our wireless business will continue to be a 

significant driver of our success as an organization for 

many years to come.  

We believe the overall market opportunity is large. The 

feedback we receive from customers and industry CIOs, 

as well as the historical level of annual sales made with 

our legacy Spok Care Connect® products, serves as 

the foundation for the market opportunity we have with 

Spok Go. We have looked at the market closely, including 

our competitors, and believe, once recovered from the 

pandemic, it will more than support our strategy based 

on scale and needs. Our recently announced partnership 

with one of the largest academic health systems in the 

U.S. is just one more data point in support of our plan. 

To that end, we are in the midst of a complex pivot from 

a traditional communications company, historically selling 

premise-based point solutions, targeting communications 

managers, to a clinical communication company, selling 

highly integrated, SaaS solutions, targeting C-suite 

executives and purchasing committees with deep clinical 

expertise. We continue to bring in the clinical talent 

necessary to be successful in this transition. We have 

been moving in that direction and will continue to focus 

on further improving our go-to-market strategy.   

As always, creating stockholder value over the long-term 

remains a key driver of our strategy, along with our focus 

on all constituents, including customers, employees, 

and the communities in which we live and work. It is 

why we made the pivot in the first place. We believe 

our constituents will ultimately be rewarded as our 

investments and efforts create a unique and powerful 

clinical communication platform, yielding future revenue, 

EBITDA, and operating cash flow growth.  

spok. co m

4

4

 
Cash Returned to Stockholders 
Dividends and Share Repurchases 
(dollars in millions) 

$25.3

$23.5

$16.7

$16.4

$9.8

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

$30.0

$25.0

$20.0

$15.0

$10.0

$5.0

$0.0

.

Business Review

Spok consolidated 2020 revenue totaled $148.2 

expenditures, and capitalized software development 

million, down approximately 7.6% from 2019, reflecting 

costs during the year. 

continued, planned erosion in our paging base and a 

year-over-year decline in software revenue, as we felt 

the impact of the pandemic has had on our customers’ 

investment decisions and as we continued our focus on 

developing and introducing our new cloud-native and 

integrated communication platform. During the year, 

we continued to invest in our business to enhance our 

product offerings and maintain a strong balance sheet. 

At year end, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term 

investments balance was $78.7 million with no debt. 

Our ability to generate cash allowed us to make key 

strategic investments for long-term growth and execute 

against our capital allocation plan. In 2020, Spok returned 

$9.8 million to stockholders in the form of our regular 

quarterly dividend. Spok also generated nearly $26.2 

million in net cash provided by operating activities during 

2020 that offset cash returned to stockholders, capital 

In 2020, we continued our investments to grow our 

software solutions capability, while maintaining our 

valuable wireless revenue stream. Software revenue 

totaled a little over $64.6 million, down from 2019. The 

decline in year-over-year software revenue was primarily 

caused by the global pandemic in the first half of the year, 

as customers were delaying their investment decisions 

for our Spok Care Connect and Spok Go products. Also 

negatively impacting 2020 software revenue was lower 

license revenue, and associated equipment revenue, due 

to a decline in software operations bookings and a shift in 

the mix of software bookings being more heavily skewed 

towards services. While this had the positive impact of 

increasing our software backlog, it does not have the 

immediate revenue recognition of license and equipment 

bookings.  

spok. co m

5

5

I am pleased to report that in the second half of the year 

software bookings increased more than 22% from the first 

half of the year, as health organizations started to accelerate 

their investment decisions, and we saw elective procedures, 

the key driver of profitability margins, come back to 70% - 

80% of pre-pandemic levels for large hospitals by the end of 

the year.  

Wireless subscriber and revenue trends continued to improve 

in 2020 as we again exceeded our expectations for gross 

additions, net unit churn, revenue, and ARPU. Of note in 

2020 were the 104,000 new units that were added to our 

subscriber base. We were particularly pleased to see many 

of the gross placements come from takeaways from a key 

competitor in this space resulting in increased market share 

for Spok.  

Our year-over-year rate of paging unit erosion was consistent 

with prior year levels, as the net number of units lost during 

the year totaled 53,000, down 1.9% from the prior year. Our 

year-over-year rate of wireless revenue erosion was a new 

record-low of 5.2% for 2020, a 120-basis point improvement 

from the prior year and a sharp reduction from the double-digit 

declines we saw prior to 2016. We were especially pleased 

to see these positive trends continue in our top-performing 

healthcare segment with the highest rate of gross placements 

and lowest rate of unit disconnects. 

The beauty of Spok remote 
console workstation software 
is that it’s a simple process 
and easy to set up,” explains 
Beardsley. “The software 
functions the same as it does 
for the on-site application.”

Adjusting care delivery  
during COVID-19

Without question, COVID-19 demonstrated the 

need for a well-planned disaster recovery business 

continuity plan that includes remote work-from-home 

policies. The existing disaster recovery plan at UW 

Health planned for numerous catastrophic scenarios, 

however it did not fully outline a pandemic scenario like 

COVID-19. 

According to Chris Beardsley, senior business systems 

analyst at UW Health, the biggest obstacle was moving 

all of their agents to a remote-work posture. “We had 

five laptops prepared for such a scenario, yet we had 

27 agents we needed working at home.” 

During the early stages of the pandemic, Spok 

offered its customers like UW Health remote console 

workstation licenses to support work-from-home 

initiatives related to COVID-19 (at no charge during the 

COVID-19 crisis). 

According to Beardsley, moving all their agents 

to remote work took approximately one week to 

become fully operational and to reconfigure at-home 

workstations. 

“The beauty of Spok remote console workstation 

software is that it’s a simple process and easy to set 

up,” explains Beardsley. “The software functions the 

same as it does for the on-site application.” 

At UW Health, remote at-home operators have proven 

just as efficient as when operators are on-site. “The 

numbers don’t lie,” explains Beardsley. “Our reporting 

has shown no drop or difference in talk time or  

speed of answer—operators are truly just as  

efficient at home.” 

spok. co m

6

6

  Increase/(Decrease) in R&D Expense

2016

31%

2017

39%

2018

31%

2019

13%

2020

-2%

*Includes $11.3 million 
of capitalized software 
development costs.

Last year, Spok also maintained focus on expense management and implementing efficiencies across the organization. 

For the full year 2020, operating expenses decreased to $170.8 million, down from $176.1 million in 2019. Adjusted 2020 

operating expenses, which excludes goodwill impairment, depreciation, amortization, and accretion, and impairment and 

includes capitalized software development costs, totaled more than $148.0 million, down more than 6% from 2019. This 

performance primarily reflects increased efficiencies and expense reductions in general and administrative costs, as well 

as the impact of employee furloughs to mitigate the financial effects from the global pandemic. Year-over-year reductions 

in all expense categories allowed us to generate cash provided from operations in an extraordinary year by all measures, 

while continuing our Spok Go development spend at levels expected prior to the pandemic. We continue to manage 

operating expenses closely, and the efficiencies we have been able to implement across our cost structure provide a solid 

financial platform as we continue to make investments in areas that support our strategy for long-term growth.  

Other key operating and financial metrics include:

•  Software backlog totaled $50.5 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $50.6 million at the end of 2019. 

•  Re-occurring software maintenance revenue stream of $38.6 million in 2020. 

•  Paging units in service at December 31, 2020 totaled 885,000, compared to 938,000 at the end of the prior year. 

•  Total paging ARPU, or average revenue per unit, was $7.30 in 2020, compared to $7.34 in 2019. 

•  For 2020, capital expenses totaled $3.5 million, compared to $4.8 million in 2019. 

•  The number of full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2020 totaled 602, down from 638 at year-end 2019. 

•  The Company’s cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments balance at December 31, 2020, was $78.7 million,     
     up from $77.3 million at December 31, 2019. 

spok. co m

7

7

2020 Accomplishments

Last year we had several organizational goals, and they are continuing into 2021:  

The first was to put a product lead in place to work with our engineering leadership team to manage Spok’s portfolio 

of solutions through a market-driven approach, consequently driving value for customers and the company. That has 

been accomplished with the addition in late November 2020 of Kristen Lalowski as our Spok Chief Product Officer. 

Kristen brings over 20 years of experience in healthcare and healthcare IT, specifically in the areas of nursing, product 

management, marketing, operations, sales, and client services. She will play a key role in executing our long-term 

strategy as we continue to support hospitals and health systems with reliable communication solutions. 

Additionally, in 2020 Spok continued to build an industry-leading reputation in the marketplace. Below is a brief 

overview of some of our accomplishments in this area: 

•  First, for the full year 2020, we completed more than 79 new six-figure deals, primarily in the healthcare  
    and government sectors. During the second half of the year, we completed five new Spok Go deals and the       

    momentum continues into 2021. 

•  Next, Spok received recognition as the #1 secure communications platform for hospitals and health systems by  
    Black Book Market Research for the fourth consecutive year. 

•  Also, we continue to provide solutions to all of the U.S. News & World Report Best Adult and  
    Children’s Hospitals. 

•  Next, in the late summer, Spok earned System and Organization Controls (SOC) 2 Type II Compliance for  
    Spok Go, along with Spok paging solutions.  

•  And finally, in October, we welcomed more than 600 attendees to Connect 20 Virtual, our Company’s annual      
    user conference for healthcare professionals. The virtual event provided healthcare clinicians, IT experts, and  

    C-suite executives a chance to learn from one another about the future of care team communication and share     

    insights about how the COVID-19 pandemic has changed how they use health IT. 

We intend to carry all this momentum into 2021 to stimulate long-term growth.  

spok. co m

8

8

2021 Business Objectives

Approximately five years ago, Spok embarked on a transformation that was a tidal shift in our strategic direction 

for healthcare, our largest customer segment. That strategy pivot was presented as a five-year plan that signaled 

a very intentional move from offering our customers “point” solutions, or single-product solutions, for call center 

software, alarm management, and secure messaging, to offering them a cloud-based, single, integrated clinical 

communication and collaboration platform called Spok Go.   

We decided to make this shift and focus on the Spok Go platform for many reasons, including: 

•  Customer needs – as our healthcare customers were telling us they needed a more unified approach to  
    communications across their enterprise. 

•  Large potential market opportunity – as we further penetrate the multi-billion-dollar healthcare IT     
     communications market. 

•  Business simplification – as we had been offering our customers too many different products in multiple  
     versions on several different platforms. 

•  Competitive positioning – as we concluded that no one else offers a single, integrated cloud-native  
     platform for healthcare communications. 

Our core foundation of clinical communication is strong, and we are proud of the work our employees have done in 

support of this mission. We have accomplished so much together since we became Spok. We are laser focused on 

making Spok Go the leading clinical communication and collaboration platform for the healthcare industry. 

In many respects, 2020 was the most challenging year for Spok in our history from both a management and 

operational perspective. The impact of the global pandemic on our customers has been profound, both in terms 

of the stress that it has put on the doctors, nurses, and hospital administrators, as well as the financial impact on 

the healthcare industry in general. Already thin margins at these organizations were further challenged by shifting 

resources to deal with COVID-19, thus altering investment decisions. 

spok. co m

9

9

 
   
  
This has clearly impacted our customers' spending priorities and ability to focus on a new platform solution over the 

short term. However, we expect that to change over the course of this year, and we believe we will exit 2021 on solid 

footing. I am particularly proud of our Spok team and their ability to adapt and change under these circumstances.  

With that as background, and with respect to our 2021 business goals this year, we continue our commitment to 

investing to address near-term opportunities and to achieve long-term organic growth. We believe these investments 

are critical to support our strategy to enhance our industry-leading clinical communication and collaboration platform 

and drive long-term stockholder value. We believe that R&D expenses, including the impact of capitalized software 

development costs, will continue to flatten in 2021 and approach a more steady-state level. For 2021, we expect a 

relatively small portion of our R&D spend to be for our legacy solutions and the majority to be on our new Spok Go 

platform, reflecting our continued investment in our future. 

Regarding our capital allocation strategy, our overall goal has been to achieve sustainable business growth, while 

maximizing long-term stockholder value through our multi-faceted capital allocation strategy, which has included 

both dividends and share repurchases as well as key strategic investments to improve our operating platform and 

infrastructure in order to drive long-term organic growth. We are also open-minded to potential acquisitions and 

partnerships that could provide additional revenue streams. 

While all these options remain under consideration by our Board of Directors, for 2021, we expect to continue paying 

our 12.5 cents per share quarterly dividend while keeping an eye on profitability. Our Board of Directors will continue 

to evaluate our capital allocation strategy on a quarterly basis and communicate our plans to you with respect to 

dividends, share repurchases, and other uses of capital each quarter when we report earnings.

spok. co m

10

10

Finally, we are focused on the huge opportunity in 

front of us in clinical communication. From a business 

configuration and strategy perspective, we believe 

we are well-positioned. We have created a long-term 

organic growth engine in Spok Go. We maintain a source 

of strong recurring revenue in our paging service line. 

We run the largest paging offering in the U.S. and have 

integrated its operations deeply with our software 

operations, while continuing to enhance our paging 

platform and user devices. We believe with these two 

assets, our best financial results are ahead of us, and the 

future of Spok is bright.  

In conclusion, we remain committed to our core values of 

putting the customer first, providing solutions that matter, 

innovation, and accountability. We believe our past results 

and future plans reflect these values.  

I want to take this opportunity to thank our talented team 

of employees and our loyal customers and strategic 

partners. Together, we made enormous progress in 

2020. We also want to thank our stockholders for your 

continued support as we take this journey together.  

In most respects, 2020 was 

the most challenging year 

in our history from both a 

management and operational 

perspective. However, in 

the face of a 100-year global 

pandemic that impeded the 

many customer meetings we 

had set up early in the year to 

introduce Spok Go, our new 

cloud-native platform, our 

team was able to stay focused, 

delivering the first new 

customer relationships for our 

new platform in the second half 

of the year, while significantly 

Vincent D. Kelly 

building the pipeline for 2021. 

We continue to believe Spok 

Go is set to meet a significant 

need in the healthcare 

marketplace and will create 

value for our stockholders in 

the coming years."

President and Chief Executive Officer 

June 2021

This letter includes references to adjusted operating expenses, which is a non-GAAP 
financial measure. For reconciliations between our non-GAAP measures and the nearest 
GAAP measures, please refer to the page preceding the back cover of this Annual 
Report. As non-GAAP financial measures are not intended to be considered in isolation 
or as a substitute for GAAP financial measures, you should carefully read the Form 10-K 
included in this Annual Report, which includes our consolidated financial statements 
prepared in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, this letter includes statements that, 
to the extent they are not recitations of historical fact, constitute for ward-looking 
statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, and are based on Spok’s 
current expectations and assumptions. For a discussion identifying important factors 
that could cause actual results to vary materially from those anticipated in the for ward-
looking statements, see the corporation’s filings with the SEC, including “Risk Factors” 
in the Form 10-K portion of this Annual Report.

spok. co m

11

11

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020
or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 001-32358

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

6850 Versar Center, Suite 420
Springfield, Virginia
(Address of principal executive offices)

16-1694797
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

22151-4148
(Zip Code)

(800) 611-8488
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Trading Symbol
SPOK

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation  S-T  (§  232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  such
files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  "large  accelerated  filer,"  "accelerated  filer",  "smaller  reporting  company,"  and  "emerging  growth
company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☐

☐  

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

☒

☐

☐

☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  prepared  or
issued its audit report.                              ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    YES    ☐    NO  ☒
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $178 million based on the closing price of $9.35 per share on
the NASDAQ National Market  on June 30, 2020.

®

The number of shares of registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 12, 2021, was 19,369,436.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2021  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  of  the  registrant,  which  will  be  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A no later than April 30, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.
Signatures

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I

Part II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Part III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

Part IV

2

5
16
27
27
27
27

27
30
45
46
47
47
47

48
48
48
48
48

49
49
50

Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements and information relating to Spok Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("Spok" or the
"Company") that set forth anticipated results based on management’s current plans, known trends and assumptions. These statements are made pursuant to
the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to
future  events  or  conditions,  or  that  include  words  such  as  "anticipate,"  "believe,"  "estimate,"  "expect,"  "intend,"  "will,"  "target,"  "forecast"  and  similar
expressions, as they relate to Spok, are forward-looking statements.

Although these statements are based upon current plans, known trends and assumptions that management considers reasonable, they are subject to certain
risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including but not limited to the following:

Risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic and its effect on our business and the economy;

•
• Other economic conditions such as recessionary economic cycles, higher interest rates, inflation and higher levels of unemployment;
• Our ability to effectively develop, introduce and deploy our integrated communications platform and collaboration platform, Spok Go®;
•

Continuing  decline  in  the  number  of  paging  units  we  have  in  service  with  customers,  commensurate  with  a  continuing  decline  in  our  wireless
revenue;

• Our dependence on the U.S. healthcare industry;
•

The  sales  cycle  of  our  software  solutions  and  services  can  run  from  six  to  eighteen  months,  making  it  difficult  to  plan  for  and  meet  our  sales
objectives and bookings on a steady basis quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year;

• Our ability to manage wireless network rationalization to lower our costs without causing disruption of service to our customers;
• Our ability to address changing market conditions with new or revised software solutions;
• Our ability to retain key management personnel and to attract and retain talent within the organization;
• Our ability to manage change related to regulation, including laws and regulations affecting hospitals and the healthcare industry generally;
•

Competition for our services and products from new technologies or those offered and/or developed from firms that are substantially larger and
have much greater financial and human capital resources;
The reliability of our networks and servers and our ability to prevent cyber-attacks and other security issues and disruptions

•
• We  may  experience  litigation  claiming  intellectual  property  infringement  by  us,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  protect  our  rights  in  intellectual

property that we own and develop;

• Unauthorized breaches or failures in cybersecurity measures adopted by us and/or included in our products and services;
• Our ability to realize the benefits associated with our deferred income tax assets;
•
•

Future impairments of our long-lived assets, amortizable intangible assets or goodwill; and
Those matters that are discussed in this Annual Report under Item 1A "Risk Factors."

Should known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, known trends change, or underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results or outcomes
may differ materially from past results and those described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended, targeted or forecasted. Investors
are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

The Company undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements. Investors are advised to consult all further disclosures the Company makes
in its subsequent reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K that it will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Also note that,
in  the  risk  factors  section,  the  Company  provides  a  cautionary  discussion  of  risks,  uncertainties  and  possibly  inaccurate  assumptions  relevant  to  its
business. These are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from past results as well as
those results that may be anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended, targeted or forecasted. It is not possible to predict or identify all such risk
factors. Consequently, investors should not consider the risk factor discussion to be a complete discussion of all of the potential risks or uncertainties that
could affect Spok’s business, statement of operations or financial condition, subsequent to the filing of this Annual Report.

3

Table of Contents

PART I

The terms "we," "us," "our," "Company" and "Spok" refer to Spok Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Spok,  Inc.,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Spok  Holdings,  Inc.  (NASDAQ:  SPOK),  is  proud  to  be  the  global  leader  in  healthcare  communications.  We
deliver clinical information to care teams when and where it matters most to improve patient outcomes. Top hospitals rely on Spok products and services to
enhance workflows for clinicians, support administrative compliance, and provide a better experience for patients.

Our  headquarters  is  located  at  6850  Versar  Center,  Suite  420,  Springfield,  Virginia  22151,  and  our  telephone  number  is  800-611-8488.  We  maintain  an
Internet website at http://www.spok.com. (This website address is for information only and is not intended to be an active link or to incorporate any website
information into this 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K ("2020 Form 10-K").)

We  deliver  smart,  reliable  clinical  communication  and  collaboration  solutions  to  help  protect  the  health,  well-being,  and  safety  of  people  in  the  United
States and abroad, on a limited basis, in Europe, Canada, Australia, Asia and the Middle East. Our customers rely on Spok for workflow improvement,
secure texting, paging services, contact center optimization, and public safety response. We develop, sell, and support enterprise-wide systems primarily for
healthcare and other organizations needing to automate, centralize, and standardize their approach to clinical communications. Our solutions can be found
in prominent hospitals, large government agencies, leading public safety institutions, colleges and universities; large hotels, resorts and casinos; and well-
known  manufacturers.  We  offer  our  services  and  products  to  three  major  market  segments:  healthcare,  government,  and  large  enterprise,  with  a  greater
emphasis on the healthcare market segment.

Industry Overview

In  March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  Coronavirus  disease  2019  ("COVID-19")  a  global  pandemic.  The  pandemic  has  had  a  severe
impact  on  the  global  economy  and  has  caused  a  significant  strain  on  the  healthcare  industry.  As  hospitals  struggled  to  maintain  capacity  within  their
intensive  care  units,  most  stopped  performing  elective  procedures  in  order  to  free  up  bed  capacity  to  meet  the  surge  of  critical  COVID-19  patients.
Simultaneously, there was a significant decrease in non-emergency clinic visits, resulting in a marked decrease in total clinic visits and hospitalizations.
This placed a significant burden on hospital cash flow and revenue, which many were still recovering from towards the end of the year.

While the impact of COVID-19 varies greatly from one organization or region to the next, in general, reducing costs was a critical theme for the healthcare
provider industry in 2020. Initially, many organizations furloughed employees or significantly slowed the contracting process for new products or services
as they braced for the unknown impacts of this virus. For some, there was a complete moratorium on renewals and new purchases. As hospitals began to
better manage their admissions process and capacity constraints, they began to resume performing elective procedures in the second half of 2020. As a
result,  we  began  to  see  improved  operating  levels  during  this  period.  While  we  expect  to  see  lingering  effects  in  the  healthcare  provider  industry  from
COVID-19 during 2021, we believe they will continue to diminish throughout 2021 as vaccination programs are implemented and administered.

Aside from the serious impact that COVID-19 has had on the healthcare industry, the United States healthcare market continues to experience significant
change. Healthcare costs continue to rise, reimbursements from Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services are being reduced in certain areas, digitization
of  healthcare  information  continues  and  the  industry  continues  to  shift  towards  a  value-based  purchasing  model  and  away  from  the  traditional  fee-for-
service model. The value-based purchasing model places an emphasis on incentivizing value and quality at an individual patient level in order to provide
better patient outcomes and reduce 30-day readmissions.

In response, healthcare providers will require greater communication and better collaboration between clinicians in order to generate improvements in the
quality,  safety,  satisfaction  and  efficiency  of  patient  care  delivery.  Improvements  in  these  areas  are  necessary  for  healthcare  providers  to  successfully
navigate  many  of  these  issues.  Many  providers  are  seeking  improvement  through  the  adoption  of  technology,  looking  to  take  advantage  of  workflow
automation, process improvement and, in limited circumstances, machine learning and artificial intelligence. Providers also look to increase efficiencies
through  consolidation  as  larger  health  systems  continue  to  acquire  smaller  hospitals  for  the  primary  purpose  of  gaining  regional  market  share  amongst
tough competition.

4

Table of Contents

We believe these changes and continued pressure for organizations to provide better services with less resources place an even greater emphasis on the need
for  improved  clinical  communication  and  collaboration  tools  to  meet  the  increasing  requirements  demanded  by  the  healthcare  industry  in  today’s
marketplace.  Our  solutions  help  hospitals  significantly  increase  the  quality  and  safety  of  patient  care  delivery,  while  increasing  patient  and  provider
satisfaction  and  simultaneously  increasing  employee  productivity,  reducing  costs  and  clinician  burnout.  This  is  accomplished  through  workflow
enhancement; secure, reliable and integrated communication tools; and mobile accessibility.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We market and distribute our clinical communication and collaboration solutions through a direct sales force and an indirect sales channel.

The direct sales force contracts or sells products, solutions, messaging services and other services directly to customers ranging from small and medium-
sized businesses to companies in the Fortune 1000, healthcare and related businesses, and federal, state, and local government agencies. We will continue
to market primarily to commercial enterprises, with a focus on healthcare organizations, interested in our communication solutions. We maintain a sales
presence in key markets throughout the United States, and in limited markets internationally including our Asia-Pacific sales team, in an effort to gain new
customers  and  to  retain  and  increase  sales  to  existing  customers.  The  direct  sales  force  targets  leadership  responsible  for  the  procurement  of  clinical
communication  and  collaboration  solutions  such  as  chief  information  officers,  chief  technology  officers,  chief  medical  officers,  chief  nursing  officers,
information technology directors, telecommunications directors, and contact center managers. The timing for a direct sale varies but may take from 6 to 18
months depending on the type and scope of software solution.

In late 2020, as part of our continued transition to a Software as a Service ("SaaS") provider, we undertook a reorganization of our direct sales force. These
changes are necessary in order to improve alignment between our direct sales force and our Land, Adopt, Expand, Renew ("LAER") selling methodology.
The LAER selling methodology is widely considered fundamental to the success of SaaS organizations. This reorganization will see our direct sales force
bifurcated into two teams; one focused solely on the addition of new customers and the other focused on the expansion of existing customers. The LAER
model places significant emphasis on landing new customers which requires the direct focus, attention and coordinated efforts of a specific team. Once new
customers have been obtained, a second team is responsible for establishing relationships with our existing customers and creating expansion opportunities
within those relationships for additional service lines and other products or services. Finally, our Customer Success organization helps to create expansion
opportunities through driving successful adoption of our products and services as well as the retention of our existing customers. These changes will largely
be made by reorganizing existing resources and, as a result, we do not expect to incur significant additional costs. We expect this reorganization will be
completed in the first half of 2021.

The  indirect  sales  force  complements  our  direct  sales  force.  Through  relationships  with  alliance  partners  we  are  able  to  sell  our  solutions  to  a  wider
customer base. For paging services that we do not provide directly, we contract with and invoice an intermediary for airtime services. For our software
sales,  relationships  with  alliance  partners  assist  us  in  broadening  the  distribution  of  our  products  and  further  diversifying  into  markets  outside  of  the
healthcare provider vertical. We are expanding partnership efforts in 2021.

While we continue to identify hospitals with 200 or more beds as the primary targets for our software solutions as well as our paging services, we have
recently expanded our focus to include smaller hospitals with shorter sales cycles, including academic medical centers. Within our target market, we have
identified and focused our efforts to address the following dynamics:

• A heightened awareness of the ubiquitous, critical role of communications in healthcare;
• An increased focus within hospitals on quality of care and patient safety initiatives;
•
•
• A continuing focus within hospitals to reduce labor and administrative costs while increasing productivity; and
• A broader proliferation of information technology in healthcare as hospitals strive to apply technology to solve their business problems.

The importance of confidentiality when sharing information;
Increased regulations that may result in process changes, increased documentation and reporting and increased costs;

5

Table of Contents

Marketing

We have a centralized marketing function, which is focused on supporting our solutions and sales efforts by strengthening our corporate brand, generating
sales leads, and facilitating the sales process. Our principal marketing programs include:

•

Content marketing (eBriefs, case studies, brochures, videos, infographics, and more) as an underlying foundation of all marketing campaigns or
initiatives;

• Website development and maintenance, which provides product and Company information, customer support options, paging capabilities, as well

•

as thought leadership and engagement;
Participation  at  trade  shows  and  industry  events,  such  as  Healthcare  Information  and  Management  Systems  Society,  College  of  Healthcare
Information Management Executives, Association of Medical Directors of Information Systems, American Organization of Nurse Leaders, and
other Healthcare Information technology related shows and conferences;
• Webinars about customer successes, current industry trends, and our solutions;
•
•
• Newsletters and blog posts to provide information about industry trends and our solutions to customers, prospects, and alliances; and
• Annual customer conferences that solicit feedback on our solutions and services.

Social media involvement to provide information regarding upcoming educational events or new product offerings;
Industry analyst relationships;

Licenses and Messaging Networks

In order to provide our wireless services, we hold licenses to operate on various frequencies in the 900 MHz narrowband. We are licensed by the United
States Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) to operate Commercial Mobile Radio Services (“CMRS”). These licenses are required to provide
one-way and two-way messaging services over our networks.

We  operate  local,  regional  and  nationwide  one-way  networks,  which  enable  subscribers  to  receive  messages  over  a  desired  geographic  area.  One-way
networks operating in 900 MHz frequency bands utilize the FLEX™ protocol developed by Motorola Mobility, Inc. (“Motorola"). The FLEX™ protocol
has advantages of functioning at higher network speeds (which increases the volume of messages that can be transmitted over the network) and of having
more robust error correction (which facilitates message delivery to a device with fewer transmission errors).

Our two-way networks utilize the ReFLEX 25™ protocol, also developed by Motorola. ReFLEX 25™ promotes spectrum efficiency and high network
capacity by dividing coverage areas into zones and sub-zones. Messages are directed to the zone or sub-zone where the subscriber is located, allowing the
same frequency to be reused to carry different traffic in other zones or sub-zones. As a result, the ReFLEX 25™ protocol allows the two-way network to
transmit  substantially  more  messages  than  a  one-way  network  using  the  FLEX™  protocols.  The  two-way  network  also  provides  for  assured  message
delivery. The network stores, for a limited amount of time, messages that could not be delivered to a device that is out of coverage for any reason, and when
the  unit  returns  to  service,  those  messages  are  delivered.  The  two-way  paging  network  operates  under  a  set  of  licenses  called  narrowband  Personal
Communications Service, which uses 900 MHz frequencies. These licenses require certain minimum five and ten-year build-out commitments established
by the FCC, which have been satisfied.

Although the capacities of our networks vary by geographic area, we have excess capacity at a consolidated level. We have implemented a plan to manage
network capacity and to improve overall network efficiency by consolidating subscribers onto fewer, higher capacity networks with increased transmission
speeds. This plan is referred to as network rationalization. Network rationalization will result in fewer networks and therefore fewer transmitter locations,
which we believe will result in lower operating expenses due primarily to lower site rent expenses.

As we continue to implement our network rationalization plan, we expect to have fewer transmitters that can be removed efficiently from our networks and
still maintain the level of service required for our customers, and thus the benefits of network rationalization will decline. Cost savings began to slow in
2019  and  2020  as  compared  to  historical  cost  savings,  and  we  expect  this  trend  to  continue  in  the  future.  As  we  reach  certain  minimum  frequency
commitments, as outlined by the FCC, we will be limited in our ability to continue our efforts to rationalize and consolidate our networks. Our messaging
networks and related infrastructure are located exclusively in the United States.

Generally, our software solutions do not require licenses or permits from federal, state and/or local government agencies in order to be sold to customers.
However,  certain  of  our  software  products  are  subject  to  regulation  by  the  United  States  Food  and  Drug  Administration  ("FDA")  and  are  subject  to
certification  by  the  Joint  Interoperability  Test  Command  to  be  sold  to  the  branches  of  the  armed  services  of  the  United  States  and  the  United  States
government. (see "Regulation" below).

6

Table of Contents

Our Strategy

We intend to drive growth in our business by building on our position as a global provider of healthcare communications, while operating an efficient and
profitable business strategy.

Critical aspects of our strategy include:

Acquiring new customers - We will continue to focus our sales and marketing efforts in the healthcare market in order to identify opportunities for sales
and close those opportunities in the form of bookings. We have an ongoing initiative to further penetrate the hospital segment in the United States, and
while we believe there is a significant opportunity to sell clinical communication and collaboration solutions to hospitals located outside the United States,
our near-term focus is on the domestic market. We intend to leverage the strength of our market presence and the breadth of our product offerings to further
expand our customer base in healthcare.

The introduction of Spok Go in early 2020 is a key initiative that we believe is the basis for future growth of our software revenue and bookings. Further
details on Spok Go can be found under "Spok Go platform."

Promoting strong customer adoption - We look to promote strong adoption of Spok Go through a dedicated Customer Success organization, established in
2021. Effective customer adoption is the foundation of strong customer retention and is critical to our long-term growth. We intend to drive strong adoption
through the achievement of measurable outcomes which in-turn will create value for our customers.

Expanding relationships within our existing customer base - We have a significant presence in the healthcare marketplace, and we anticipate leveraging
our existing customer relationships as an opportunity to transition those customers from our on-premise software solutions to Spok Go over the next several
years.

Minimizing customer attrition -  We  continue  to  have  a  valuable  wireless  presence  in  the  healthcare  market,  particularly  in  larger  hospitals.  We  offer  a
comprehensive suite of wireless messaging products and services focused on healthcare and "campus" type environments and critical mission notification.
We will continue to focus on network reliability and customer service to help minimize the rate of revenue attrition.

We recognize that the number of wireless subscribers, units in service, and the related revenue will continue to decline. We intend to continue reducing our
underlying cost structure impacting this declining wireless revenue stream by reducing payroll and related expenses as well as network related expenses
where possible. We will integrate and consolidate operations as necessary to ensure the lowest cost operational platform for our consolidated business.

Developing new applications and capabilities - As we did with the introduction of Spok Go in early 2020, we will continue to invest significantly in the
research and development of new products and services as well as the expansion of Spok Go and the maintenance of existing software solutions.

Returning capital to our stockholders - We understand that our primary objective is to create long-term stockholder value. We will continue to evaluate
how best to deploy our capital resources to support sustainable business growth and maximize stockholder value. We expect to continue to pay a quarterly
dividend of $0.125 per share of common stock, or $0.50 annually, in 2021. We will continue to evaluate both market and Company factors to determine
whether a common stock repurchase program is an appropriate method to return capital to our stockholders.

Products and Services

Wireless Products and Related Services

We  offer  subscriptions  to  one-way  or  two-way  messaging  services  for  a  periodic  (monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual,  or  annual)  service  fee.  The  level  of
service fees is generally based upon the type of service provided, the geographic area covered, the number of devices provided to the customer and the
period  of  commitment.  A  subscriber  to  one-way  messaging  services  may  select  coverage  on  a  local,  regional,  or  nationwide  basis  to  best  meet  their
messaging needs. Two-way messaging is generally offered on a nationwide basis. In addition, subscribers either contract for a messaging device from us for
an additional fixed monthly fee or they own a device, having purchased it either from us or from another vendor. We also sell devices to resellers who lease
or resell them to their subscribers and then sell messaging services utilizing our networks. We offer ancillary services, such as voicemail and equipment
loss or maintenance protection, which help increase the monthly recurring revenue we receive along with these traditional messaging services. We offer
exclusive one-way (T5) and two-way (T52) alphanumeric pagers which are configurable to support unencrypted or encrypted operation. When configured
for  encryption,  they  utilize  AES-128  bit  encryption,  screen  locking  and  remote  wipe  capabilities.  With  encryption  enabled  these  secure  paging  devices
enhance our service offerings to the healthcare community by adding Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act ("HIPAA") security capabilities
to the low cost, highly reliable and availability benefits of paging.

7

Table of Contents

The demand for one-way and two-way messaging services declined during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and we believe demand
will continue to decline for the foreseeable future. Wireless products and services revenue represented 56%, 55% and 56% of total consolidated revenue for
the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As demand for one-way and two-way messaging has declined, we have developed or
added  service  offerings  in  order  to  increase  our  revenue  potential  and  mitigate  the  decline  in  our  wireless  revenues.  We  will  continue  to  evaluate
opportunities to provide customers the highest value possible.

Software

Dependable clinical communications are paramount for individuals in healthcare and a host of other industries. We offer a number of solutions, providing
our customers with the ability to communicate anywhere, anytime across a number of situations. Our solutions are used for contact centers, clinical alerting
and notification, mobile communications and messaging, and for public safety notifications.

Spok Go Platform

Spok Go is an enterprise solution that includes secure messaging, global directory, on-call scheduling and workflow automation. While Spok Go was first
made  available  to  customers  in  early  2020,  we  continue  to  focus  our  product  development  activities  on  enhancing  this  clinical  communication  and
collaboration platform. Spok Go was created as an integrated cloud-native platform built on the foundation of a single, best-in-class architecture. Building
Spok Go from the ground up has allowed us to place an emphasis on mobile accessibility from the beginning. Mobile accessibility is a core component of
the  platform  and  developing  Spok  Go  with  a  focus  on  mobile  application  ensures  that  users  will  experience  seamless  transitions  between  mobile
technologies and integrated applications, whether they are in the hospital or "on the go." Because Spok Go is a cloud-based solution, our customers are able
to  receive  updates  and  enhancements  seamlessly  as  they  are  released  by  the  Company.  Hosting  and  security  are  handled  through  our  partnership  with
Amazon Web Services® ("AWS"). AWS provides the core infrastructure for Spok Go through AWS hosting, ensuring that customers have access to the
most  current  and  secured  technologies  with  respect  to  a  hosted  environment  where  security  is  critical  to  our  customers.  Within  Spok  Go,  the  following
applications provide optional functionality and feature sets that can enhance our customers' clinical communication experience:

• Clinical Care: Clinical Care allows customers to optimize patient care coordination and improve the patient experience by connecting clinical
teams  with  the  individuals  and  information  needed  most.  The  application  allows  for  rapid  response  by  clinical  teams  to  urgent  patient  needs,
providing notifications of information to any device, and also allows customers to standardize communication protocols with flexible workflow
templates.

• Clinical Diagnostics: Clinical Diagnostics increases the efficiency and delivery speed of radiology and laboratory results. The removal of manual
processes  allows  for  the  automation  of  critical  test  result  communications.  Clinical  Diagnostics  can  also  escalate  critical  results  so  that
communications  are  not  lost  or  inadvertently  ignored.  Patient  safety  is  improved  by  decreasing  communication  failures  and  delays,  which  can
result in lower cost of care and improved patient outcomes.

We  anticipate  future  development  of  new  functionality  and  enhancements  will  be  driven  by  specific  market  needs  along  with  our  desire  to  expand  into
other service lines such as radiology, contact centers and emergency departments. We expect our close and trusted relationships with our customers will be
sources for new use cases, features and solutions. Our product strategy team assesses these customer needs, conducts industry-based research and helps to
ensure new releases are designed to have immediate, broad applicability, a strong value proposition and a high return on investment for both Spok and our
customers.

As previously mentioned, the shift to value-based healthcare, unsustainable growth in healthcare costs and the general move towards a digital world has
driven the healthcare industry toward technology in hopes of creating more efficiencies that will reduce pressure on their bottom line and increase patient
care  quality,  safety  and  satisfaction.  Spok  Go  will  provide  a  significant  value  proposition  for  potential  customers  by  delivering  efficiencies  in  clinical
communication  and  collaboration  through  improvements  in  secure  messaging,  workflow  and  automation  which  will  ultimately  lead  to  improvements  in
clinical and quality outcomes.

As  we  look  beyond  our  initial  2020  release  of  Spok  Go,  we  continue  to  expect  that,  through  2021,  sales  will  largely  be  driven  by  new  customers,  as
opposed to the transition of existing customers. We plan to continue investing in our development of Spok Go, however, we believe costs will continue to
normalize through 2021. We expect growth in development costs related to Spok Go will continue to decline relative to the growth rates we have seen over
the past several years. As revenues from Spok Go begin to materialize over the next several years, we anticipate improvement in our development costs
relative to total software revenues.

8

Table of Contents

Spok Care Connect® Suite ("CCS")

Contact Center

•

•

•

•

•

Spok® Healthcare Console: Provides operators with the information needed to process calls using their computers with just a few keystrokes.
This  solution  integrates  with  the  customers’  existing  phone  systems  and  is  used  by  the  operator  group  to  answer  incoming  calls  to  the  contact
center. Operators can quickly and accurately perform directory searches and code calls, as well as messaging and paging by individuals, groups,
and roles using the Spok Healthcare Console’s computer telephony integration and directory capabilities.
Spok® Web-Based Directory: Makes employee contact information more accessible and enables staff to send messages quickly right from the
directory.  Authenticated  users  can  log  on  anywhere,  anytime  to  perform  a  variety  of  important  updates  to  contact  information  and  on-call
schedules, search the directory, and send important messages.
Spok® Web-Based On-Call Scheduling: Keeps personnel, calendars and on-call scheduling information updated, even with thousands of staff,
using a secure web portal to maintain and allow password-protected access to the latest on-call schedules and personnel information.
Spok®  Speech:  Enables  the  organization  to  process  routine  phone  requests,  including  transfers,  directory  assistance,  messaging  and  paging
without live operators and with more ease-of-use than touchtone menus.
Spok® Call Recording and Quality Management: Records, monitors, and scores operators’ conversations to allow for better management of
calls, helping improve customer service.

Clinical Alerting

•

•

•

Spok® Messenger: Provides  an  intelligent,  FDA,  510(k)-cleared  solution  that  connects  virtually  all  crucial  alert  systems,  including  nurse  call,
fire, security, patient monitoring, and building management to mobile staff via their wireless communication devices. This solution provides the
ability to reach mobile team members within seconds of an alert, improving overall workflow, staff productivity, and the comfort and safety of
everyone in the facility.
Spok® e.Notify: Enables organizations to quickly and reliably notify and confirm team member availability during emergency situations without
relying  on  calling  trees,  thereby  reducing  confusion  that  may  arise  in  an  emergency  situation.  This  solution  automatically  delivers  messages,
collects responses, escalates issues to others, and logs all activities for reporting and analysis purposes.
Spok® Critical Test Results Management: Automates and streamlines the process of delivering critical test results to the appropriate clinicians
to help ensure patient safety. This solution can send messages from the cardiology, laboratory and radiology departments by means of encrypted
smartphone  communications,  two-way  paging,  secure  email,  secure  text,  images,  annotations,  and  voice  to  a  variety  of  endpoints  such  as
workstations, laptops, tablets, smartphones, pagers, and other wireless devices.

Mobile Communications

•

•

Spok Mobile®: Simplifies communications and strengthens care by using smartphones and tablets for secure code alerts, patient updates, results,
consult  requests,  and  much  more.  Allows  users  to  access  the  full  directory  of  accurate  contact  information  to  send  messages/photos/videos  to
smartphones and other devices, and to ensure clinical communications are logged, all with security, traceability, and reliability.
Spok®  Device  Preference  Engine:  Facilitates  voice  conversations  among  doctors  and  caregivers  by  enabling  users  to  choose  the  desired
communication method based on factors such as message priority.

Public Safety

•

•

Spok®  pc/psap:  Speeds  emergency  dispatch  by  giving  Public  Safety  Answering  Point  call-takers  an  easy-to-use,  standards-based,  graphical
interface that integrates the underlying phone system, mapping systems, and other resources for critical information availability. 9-1-1 call-takers
are able to instantly involve police, fire, EMT, and hazardous material personnel with a single click of the mouse or touch of the screen.
Spok®  Enterprise  Alert:  Directs  emergency  personnel  to  a  9-1-1  caller’s  exact  location  (building,  floor,  room),  helping  to  ensure  speed,
accuracy,  and  reliability  of  response.  The  E9-1-1  software  provides  real-time,  onsite  notification  when  9-1-1  is  dialed,  and  works  to  decrease
emergency response time.

9

Table of Contents

Services

We offer a variety of professional services to assist our customers in the successful implementation of, and to maximize the benefits obtained from the use
of, our software solutions. We also offer support services to enhance and refine the customer's experience throughout their relationship with Spok.

•

•

Professional Services: We offer a full suite of professional services that are provided by a dedicated group of professional service employees. Our
professional  services  include  consultation,  implementation,  and  training  services.  For  both  our  on-premise  and  SaaS  based  software  solution
implementations, our professional services staff uses a branded, consistent methodology that provides a comprehensive phased work plan for both
new software installations and/or upgrades. In support of our implementation methodology, we manage the various aspects of the process through
a  professional  services  automation  tool.  We  may  also  use  third-party  professional  services  firms  as  supplemental  resources  to  implement  our
solutions for customers as needed. Professional services revenue represented 12% of total consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31,
2020 and December 31, 2019, and 11% for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Software License Updates and Product Support (Maintenance): Software license updates and product support, which is generally referred to
as maintenance when sold to customers, is an important offering to customers who utilize our on-premise software solutions. In order to support
our  products  that  provide  clinical  communication  and  collaboration  solutions  to  our  customer’s  organizations,  we  have  a  dedicated  customer
support organization. The customer support organization provides support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year and the service can be
accessed via telephone, email or the Internet via the Spok webpage. The Spok support service is augmented by third-party services where needed.
Software license updates and product support are generally priced together as a percentage of the software licenses for which these services will be
provided. Largely all of our customers purchase maintenance when they purchase new software licenses, after which renewals generally occur on
an  annual  basis  and  are  paid  in  advance.  Software  license  updates  provide  customers  with  rights  to  unspecified  product  upgrades  as  well  as
maintenance and patch releases that are released during the term of the support period. Software license updates and product support revenue (i.e.
Maintenance  revenue)  represented  26%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  25%  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019, and 23% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Future  sales  of  Spok  Go  are  expected  to  generate  less  implementation  revenue  relative  to  legacy  CCS  solution  sales.  We  anticipate  that  the  initial
implementation time for a new installation of Spok Go will be significantly less as compared to our on-premise legacy CCS solutions. Similar to historical
maintenance practices, a customer's subscription to Spok Go is renewed on a recurring basis according to the service terms and is generally expected to be
from  one  to  five  years.  This  Subscription  revenue  stream  is  inclusive  of  hosting,  access  to  the  Company's  software  platform  and  update  and  support
services. We do not expect to transition a significant number of existing customers to Spok Go in 2021. However, when customers do begin to transition
from our on-premise solutions to Spok Go, the license and maintenance revenue streams are expected to decrease with a corresponding increase in our
Subscription revenue stream.

Sources of Equipment

We  do  not  manufacture  the  messaging  devices  our  customers  need  to  make  use  of  our  wireless  services  or  the  network  equipment  we  use  to  provide
wireless messaging services. We have relationships with several vendors to purchase new messaging devices. Used messaging devices are available in the
secondary market from various sources. We believe existing inventory, returns of devices from customers that canceled wireless services, and purchases
from  other  available  sources  of  new  and  reconditioned  devices  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  expected  messaging  device  requirements  for  the  foreseeable
future. We negotiate contractual terms with our vendors that do not directly relate to the manufacturing of the network equipment or messaging devices.
The network equipment and messaging devices on which we may place our logo or label are generic.

We sell third-party equipment for use with our software solutions. The third-party equipment that we sell is generally available and does not require any
specialty manufacturing to accommodate our software solutions.

We currently have inventory and network equipment on hand that we believe will be sufficient to meet our wireless and software equipment requirements
for the foreseeable future.

Intellectual Property

As of December 31, 2020, we held 87 trademarks and seven patents, as well as one pending patent and various pending trademarks, which we believe are
important to protect our intellectual property. We believe our intellectual property distinguishes our business from our competition and is integral to our
continued success in the area of clinical communication and collaboration solutions. The expiration dates of these trademarks range from 2021 to 2033 and
can be extended for ten-year periods upon renewals.

10

Table of Contents

Customers

Our customers include businesses and their employees who need to be accessible to their offices or customers, first responders who need to be accessible in
emergencies,  and  third  parties,  such  as  other  telecommunication  carriers  and  resellers  that  pay  us  to  use  our  networks.  Customers  include  businesses,
professionals, management personnel, medical personnel, field sales personnel and service forces, members of the construction industry and construction
trades,  real  estate  brokers  and  developers,  sales  and  services  organizations,  specialty  trade  organizations,  manufacturing  organizations  and  government
agencies.

Our wide-ranging customer base allows for low customer revenue concentration and as a result, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our
total revenues in 2020, 2019 or 2018.

We pursue close, long-term relationships with our customers because we believe strong customer relationships enable us to retain our current customer base
and expand our services and revenue to that customer base.

Competition

The  competitors  and  degree  of  competition  vary  among  our  various  product  categories.  Competition  is  particularly  strong  for  our  wireless  messaging
services. Within the wireless industry, companies compete on the basis of price, coverage area, services offered, transmission quality, network reliability
and customer service. We compete by maintaining competitive pricing for our products and services, by providing broad coverage options through high-
quality,  reliable  messaging  networks  and  by  providing  quality  customer  service.  Direct  competitors  for  wireless  messaging  services  include  American
Messaging Service, LLC and a variety of other regional and local providers. We also compete with a broad array of wireless messaging services provided
by  mobile  telephone  companies,  including  AT&T  Mobility  LLC,  Sprint  Nextel  Corporation,  T-Mobile  USA,  Inc.,  and  Verizon  Wireless,  Inc.  This
competition has intensified as prices for the services of mobile telephone companies have declined and as those companies have incorporated messaging
capabilities into their mobile phone devices. Many of these companies possess far greater financial, technical and other resources than we do.

Most personal communications service and other mobile phone devices currently sold in the United States are capable of sending and receiving one-way
and two-way messages. Most subscribers that purchase these services no longer need to subscribe to a separate messaging service. As a result, many one-
way and two-way messaging subscribers can readily switch to cellular, personal communications service and other mobile telephone services. The decrease
in prices and increase in capacity and functionality for cellular, personal communications service, WiFi, and other mobile telephone services have led many
subscribers to select combined voice and messaging services from mobile telephone companies as an alternative to our stand-alone messaging services.

We  also  have  a  number  of  competitors  whose  software  products  compete  with  one  or  more  modules  of  our  clinical  communication  and  collaboration
solutions.  These  competitors  are  a  mix  of  privately  held  and  public  companies  that  offer  a  number  of  call  center,  alerting  and  mobile  communication
products. Our primary competitive advantages include having:

• An integrated product suite;
• A communication-driven workflow;
•

Certifications, such as those through the Joint Interoperability Test Command (see "Joint Interoperability Test Command" below) and the FDA;
and

• A complete directory of contacts throughout the customer enterprise.

11

Table of Contents

Although there are no competitors that offer a similar comprehensive set of software modules that match our product offerings, there are several
competitors who offer software similar to many of our solutions. As we continue our transition to a software company, our competitive landscape will
continue to evolve. Selected competitors for portions of our product portfolio include:

Boingo Wireless, Inc. - Mobile communications solutions;
Castlight Health, Inc. - Software as a service health benefits platform;
Computer Programs and Systems, Inc. - Healthcare IT solutions;
Everbridge, Inc. - Clinical alerting solutions;
Evolent Health, Inc. - Healthcare delivery and payment solutions;
Five9, Inc. - Cloud-based solutions;

• Alaska Communications Systems Group, Inc. - Mobile communications solutions;
• Appfolio, Inc. - Cloud-based software solutions;
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Globalstar, Inc. - Mobile communications solutions;
• HealthStream, Inc. - healthcare development solutions;
•
• MobileIron, Inc. - Mobile communications solutions;
• Model N, Inc. - Revenue management cloud-based solutions;
• NextGen Healthcare, Inc. - Medical and Dental software, services, and analytic solutions;
• ORBCOMM Inc. - Network connectivity and device management solutions; and
• Vocera Communications, Inc. - Mobile communications solutions.

LivePerson, Inc. - Mobile and online messaging solutions;

In addition, substantially larger companies in the electronic medical records space such as Epic Systems Corporation, Cerner Corporation, Athenahealth,
Inc.  and  Allscripts  Healthcare  Solutions,  Inc.  may  choose  to  offer  software-related  solutions  similar  to  our  clinical  communication  and  collaboration
solutions or may acquire one of our competitors.

Research and Development

We  maintain  a  product  development  group,  a  substantial  portion  of  which  is  focused  on  developing  new  software  products,  especially  with  respect  to
developing the Spok Go platform and additional enhancements. Within our research and development group is a separate task force focused on ongoing
maintenance and enhancement of existing point-solution products. Our product development group uses a methodology that balances enhancement requests
from a number of sources including customers, regulatory requirements, the professional services staff, customer support incidents, known defects, market
and technology trends, and competitive requirements. These requests are reviewed and prioritized based on criteria that include the potential for increased
revenue, customer/employee satisfaction, possible cost savings, and development time and expense.

Human Capital

At December 31, 2020, and 2019, we had 602 and 638 full time equivalent ("FTE") employees, respectively. Our employees are not represented by labor
unions or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

Employee Health, Safety and Well-Being

Spok  is  committed  to  conducting  its  business  operations  in  a  manner  that  protects  the  health  and  safety  of  its  employees,  visitors,  contractors  and  the
public, and to the reduction of risks within our work centers. Spok believes that no job is so important that our employees cannot take the time to ensure the
work  is  performed  safely  and  in  an  environmentally  conscious  manner.  Spok’s  policies  and  procedures  are  intended  to  provide  employees  with  the
information needed to meet all federal, state and local guidelines for occupational health and safety.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  continues  to  affect  our  policies  with  regard  to  our  employees,  whose  health  and  safety  is  our  highest  priority.  Following
strategies  recommended  by  the  Centers  for  Disease  Control  and  Prevention,  we  have  continued  to  implement  enhanced  safety  measures,  including
restrictions on business travel, the implementation of remote work arrangements for our office-based employees, and liberal leave policies for employees
who may be affected by illness, quarantines or childcare obligations.

12

Table of Contents

Diversity and Inclusion

As  a  global  company,  Spok  strives  to  create  an  environment  that  embraces  diversity  and  fosters  inclusion.  We  recognize  the  value  and  contributions  of
individuals with a wide range of capabilities, experience, and perspectives, and draws upon this diversity to create value for our customers and maintain an
effective  and  engaged  workforce.  Spok  is  committed  to  maintaining  a  work  environment  free  from  discrimination  and  harassment,  and  one  where
employees  are  treated  with  dignity  and  respect.  We  refuse  to  accept  or  tolerate  harassment  or  discrimination  against  any  employee  or  applicant  for
employment.

In 2020, Spok formed a council composed of employees and executive sponsors to provide feedback and make recommendations regarding our diversity
and inclusion policies and practices. We believe that by promoting and supporting inclusiveness and by leveraging our organization’s diversity, we have a
competitive  advantage  that  allows  us  to  innovate  and  draw  from  our  workforce’s  differing  perspectives.  By  bringing  together  employees  from  diverse
backgrounds and providing each an opportunity to develop their skills and actively contribute to our mission, we cultivate an engaged workforce which in
turn helps us deliver value to our customers.

Ethical Standards

Integrity is a core tenet of Spok’s culture, and we have measures and controls in place to regularly ensure that our work and organization are held to the
highest  ethical  standards.  We  provide  numerous  resources  to  our  employees,  including  regular,  annual  training  on  maintaining  these  standards.  We  also
maintain employee guidelines and policies that align with Spok’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

Regulation

Federal Regulation

The FCC issues licenses to use radio frequencies necessary to conduct our business and regulate many aspects of the operations that support our wireless
revenue. Licenses granted to us by the FCC have varying terms, generally of up to ten years, at which time the FCC must approve renewal applications. In
the past, FCC renewal applications generally have been granted upon showing compliance with FCC regulations and adequate service to the public. Other
than those still pending, the FCC has thus far granted each license renewal that we have requested.

The Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the "Communications Act"), requires radio licensees, including us, to obtain prior approval from the FCC
for  the  assignment  or  transfer  of  control  of  any  construction  permit  or  station  license  or  authorization  of  any  rights  thereunder.  The  FCC  has  thus  far
granted each assignment or transfer request we have made in connection with a change of control.

The  Communications  Act  also  places  limitations  on  foreign  ownership  of  CMRS  licenses,  which  constitute  the  majority  of  our  licenses.  These  foreign
ownership restrictions limit the percentage of stockholders’ equity that may be owned or voted, directly or indirectly, by non-United States citizens or their
representatives, foreign governments or their representatives, or foreign corporations. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation permits the
redemption of our equity from stockholders where necessary to ensure compliance with these requirements.

The FCC’s rules and regulations require us to pay a variety of fees that otherwise increase our costs of doing business. For example, the FCC requires
licensees, including Spok, to pay levies and fees, such as universal service fees, to cover the costs of certain regulatory programs and to promote various
other societal goals. These requirements increase the cost of the services we provide. By law, we are permitted to bill our customers for these regulatory
costs and we typically do so.

Additionally,  the  Communications  Assistance  to  Law  Enforcement  Act  of  1994,  ("CALEA")  and  certain  rules  implementing  CALEA  require  some
telecommunication  companies,  including  Spok,  to  design  and/or  modify  their  equipment  in  order  to  allow  law  enforcement  personnel  to  "wiretap"  or
otherwise  intercept  messages.  Other  regulatory  requirements  restrict  how  we  may  use  customer  information  and  prohibit  certain  commercial  electronic
messages, even to our own customers.

In addition, the FCC’s rules require us to pay other carriers for the transport and termination of some telecommunication traffic. As a result of various FCC
decisions  over  the  last  few  years,  we  no  longer  pay  fees  for  the  termination  of  traffic  originating  on  the  networks  of  local  exchange  carriers  providing
wireline services interconnected with our services. In some instances, we received refunds for prior payments to certain local exchange carriers. We have
entered into a number of interconnection agreements with local exchange carriers in order to resolve various issues regarding charges imposed by local
exchange carriers for interconnection.

Failure to follow the FCC’s rules and regulations can result in a variety of penalties, ranging from monetary fines to the loss of licenses. Additionally, the
FCC has the authority to modify licenses, or impose additional requirements through changes to its rules.

13

Table of Contents

The FDA has determined software systems that connect to medical devices are subject to regulation as medical devices as defined by the federal Food,
Drug and Cosmetic Act (the "FDC Act"). Since our middleware software products connect to medical devices, we are required to comply with the FDC
Act’s requirements, including but not limited to: registration and listing, labeling, medical device reporting (reporting of medical device-related adverse
events), removal and correction, and good manufacturing practice requirements. We have complied with the regulatory requirements of the FDC Act, and
registered and received the necessary clearances for our products. As we modify and/or enhance our software products (including our middleware product),
we may be required to request FDA clearance before we are permitted to market these products.

In  addition,  our  software  solutions  may  handle  or  have  access  to  personal  health  information  subject  in  the  United  States  to  the  HIPAA,  the  Health
Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  ("HITECH"),  and  related  regulations.  These  statutes  and  related  regulations  impose
numerous requirements regarding the use and disclosure of personal health information with which we help our customers comply. Our failure to accurately
anticipate or interpret these complex and technical laws could subject us to civil and/or criminal liability. We believe that we are in compliance with these
laws and their related regulations.

Although these and other regulatory requirements have not, to date, had a material adverse effect on our operating results, such requirements could have a
material impact on our operating results in the future. We monitor discussions at the FCC and FDA on pending changes in regulatory policy or regulations;
however, we are unable to predict what changes, if any, may occur in 2021 to regulatory policy or regulations.

State Regulation

As a result of the enactment by the United States Congress of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 ("OBRA") in August 1993, states are now
generally preempted from exercising rate or entry regulation over any of our operations. States are not preempted, however, from regulating "other terms
and  conditions"  of  our  operations,  including  consumer  protection  and  similar  rules  of  general  applicability.  Zoning  requirements  are  also  generally
permissible, however, provisions of the OBRA prohibit local zoning authorities from unreasonably restricting wireless services. States that regulate our
services also may require us to obtain prior approval of (1) the acquisition of controlling interests in other paging companies and (2) a change of control.

At this time, we are not aware of any proposed state legislation or regulations that would have a material adverse impact on our business.

Joint Interoperability Test Command ("JITC") Certification

JITC is a military organization that tests technology for use by the branches of the armed services of the United States and the United States government.
JITC certification is required of all systems with joint interfaces or joint information exchanges with other systems used by these organizations and is done
to ensure all systems operate effectively together. All information technology and national security systems that exchange and use information to enable
units or forces to operate effectively in joint, combined, coalition and interagency operations and simulations must be certified. Once a system has been
certified under this program, the certification must be renewed every four years or after any changes that may affect interoperability. The interoperability
certification process consists of four basic steps, which are:

•
Identify (interoperability) requirements;
• Develop certification approach (planning);
•
•

Perform interoperability test and evaluation; and
Report certifications and statuses.

We  submit  and  receive  JITC  certification  for  certain  of  our  products  through  the  Defense  Information  Systems  Agency,  which  allows  us  to  sell  and
implement our solutions at federal government agencies. We currently certify a console, web, speech, mass notification, public safety answering point, call
recording and campus 911 product with JITC. We have a roadmap to renew the existing certifications with new releases of existing products and to bring
additional products to JITC to increase the products that can be sold to federal agencies.

14

Table of Contents

Available Information

We  make  available  on  our  website  at  http://www.spok.com,  free  of  charge,  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current
reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to,
the SEC. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. We also make available on our website, and in print, if any stockholder or other person so requests, our
code of business conduct and ethics entitled "Code of Ethics" which is applicable to all employees and directors, our "Corporate Governance Guidelines"
and the charters for all committees of our Board of Directors, including Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Governance. Any changes to our Code
of Ethics or waiver, if any, of our Code of Ethics for executive officers or directors will be posted on that website.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following important factors, among others, could cause our actual operating results to differ materially from those indicated or suggested by forward-
looking statements made in this 2020 Form 10-K or presented elsewhere by management from time to time.

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic and the Economy

Our business, financial condition and operating results have been, and will continue to be, adversely affected by the recent COVID-19 pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a widespread health crisis that has adversely affected businesses, economies and financial markets worldwide,
and has caused significant volatility in U.S. and international debt and equity markets. In particular, healthcare organizations have faced, and will continue
to  face,  substantial  challenges  in  treating  patients  with  COVID-19,  such  as  the  diversion  of  hospital  staff  and  resources  from  ordinary  functions  to  the
treatment of COVID-19, supply, resource and capital shortages and the overburdening of staff and resource capacity.

Our business, financial condition and operating results have been, and will continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, the
COVID-19 pandemic has caused, and will continue to cause, delays in or the loss of revenue from services that require onsite implementation as well as
delays in or the loss of software bookings, which directly impacts license and equipment revenues, as healthcare organizations are putting these projects on
hold  to  focus  limited  resources  and  personnel  capacity  toward  the  treatment  of  COVID-19.  We  also  may  be  affected  by  the  cancellation  of  or  delay  in
healthcare information technology and management systems conferences and exhibitions, which may further delay our growth in Spok Go revenues.

The  extent  to  which  COVID-19  impacts  our  results  will  depend  on  future  developments,  which  are  highly  uncertain  and  cannot  be  predicted.  These
developments may include actions taken to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact and the length of time any government restrictions will remain in place,
whether  additional  restrictions  will  be  implemented  in  certain  locations,  uncertainties  regarding  the  acceptance,  availability,  timing,  distribution  and
effectiveness of vaccines to prevent the spread of COVID-19, the time it will take for the general economy to recover and the time it will take hospitals to
return to a more normal operating state.

Economic conditions that are largely out of our control may adversely affect our financial condition and statement of operations.

Our business is sensitive to recessionary economic cycles, higher interest rates, inflation, higher levels of unemployment, higher tax rates and other changes
in tax laws, or other economic factors that may affect business spending or buying habits that could adversely affect the demand for our services. This
adverse impact could increase the rate of gross subscriber cancellations and/or the level of revenue erosion for our wireless business and could cause delays
in or the loss of software revenue or bookings, which impacts license, professional services, equipment and subscription revenues.

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from healthcare customers, and we are impacted by changes in the healthcare economic environment. The
healthcare industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory, and other economic developments. These developments
can have a dramatic effect on the decision-making and spending by our customers for information technology and software. This economic uncertainty can
add to the unpredictability of decision-making and lengthen our sales cycle.

Further,  the  uncertainty  created  by  the  possibility  of  additional  healthcare  reform  legislation  is  impacting  customer  decision  making  and  information
technology plans in our key healthcare market. We are unable to predict the full consequences of this uncertainty on our operations. Adverse changes in the
economic environment could adversely impact our ability to market and sell our wireless and software solutions to healthcare customers.

15

Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Products and Services

We may be unable to effectively develop, introduce and deploy our integrated communications and collaboration platform, Spok Go, which is the basis
for our future growth.

Our future revenue growth depends on our ability to develop, introduce and effectively deploy our Spok Go platform. This multi-year effort will require the
coordination of multiple development teams dedicated to this task. Simultaneously with this new development effort, we must continue to improve and
support our existing suite of products to transition them to Spok Go. We foresee the following risks inherent in this process:

• Requirements  Definition:  Our  plans  for  Spok  Go  may  not  meet  the  market's  needs  or  customer  expectations  and  could  result  in  low  market

•

•

demand and/or acceptance.
Product Scope and Schedule: Our product scope may be subject to development from market-led requirements, new technologies or competitors
expanding  product  capabilities  or  entering  into  adjacent  markets.  We  may  fail  to  manage  the  scope  of  our  software  development  activities
effectively, resulting in delays in meeting key milestones, achieving network solutions on a fully integrated basis, or solving coding problems in a
timely and efficient manner. In addition, the continuing software development efforts on our existing products could distract management time and
focus from developing Spok Go.
Staffing and Organization: The development of Spok Go requires the hiring of new personnel. We may be unable to attract, in a timely manner,
the  qualified  staff  to  meet  our  requirements.  In  addition  the  organizational  changes  and  new  hires  necessary  to  address  our  development
requirements could create attrition risk for our current staff.

• Operational Readiness: Even if the development of Spok Go occurs as we have planned, we may not be prepared or ready to sell, deliver and

support the new platform technology.

The rate of wireless subscriber and revenue erosion could exceed our ability to reduce wireless operating expenses in order to maintain overall positive
operating cash flow.

Our wireless revenue is dependent on the number of subscribers that use our paging devices. Our customers may not renew their subscriptions after the
expiration  of  their  subscription  agreements.  In  addition,  our  customers  may  opt  for  one  of  our  lower-priced  offerings  or  for  fewer  subscriptions.  Our
customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their level of satisfaction with our offerings and their ability
to continue their operations and spending levels. Increasing awareness and concern over HIPAA/HITECH compliance is causing healthcare organizations,
our largest customer segment, to re-evaluate paging subscriptions for clinical use cases when users are not equipped with our encrypted pager offerings.

We face intense competition for subscribers from other paging service providers and alternate wireless communications providers such as mobile phone
and  mobile  data  service  providers.  There  is  a  risk  that  our  competitors’  products  may  provide  better  performance  or  include  additional  features  when
compared to our offerings. Competitive pressures could also affect the prices we may charge or the demand for our offerings, resulting in reduced profit
margins and loss of market share. Our efforts to compete effectively may not be sufficient, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition,
operating results and cash flows.

In addition to competition, our customer base may be impacted by the introduction of new technologies. As mobile communications technology evolves,
competitors  that  provide  wireless  broadband  data  services  may  lower  their  prices  to  customers  that  approach,  meet  or  undercut  our  prices  for  paging
services. We are unable to predict how customer perceptions of the value of our wireless services will be impacted by the development of new wireless
technologies. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to rapidly changing technologies and user preferences, to adapt our offerings to
evolving industry standards, to predict user preferences and industry changes in order to continue to provide value to our customers and to improve the
performance and reliability of our offerings. Our failure to adapt to such changes could harm our business, and our efforts to adapt to such changes could
require  substantial  expenditures  on  our  part  to  modify  our  offerings  or  infrastructure.  Delays  in  developing,  completing  or  delivering  new  or  enhanced
offerings  and  technologies  could  result  in  delayed  or  reduced  revenue  for  those  offerings  and  could  also  adversely  affect  customer  acceptance  of  those
offerings and technologies. Even if we are able to enhance our existing offerings or introduce new offerings that are well perceived by the market, if our
marketing or sales efforts do not generate interest in or sales for these offerings, they may be unsuccessful.

16

Table of Contents

We expect our wireless subscriber results, units in service and revenue will continue to decline for the foreseeable future. As this revenue erosion continues,
maintaining positive cash flow is dependent on substantial and timely reductions in selected wireless operating expenses. Reductions in wireless operating
expenses require both the reduction of internal costs and negotiation of lower costs from outside vendors. As we require fewer services and products from
our vendors, our negotiating leverage to lower our costs is diminished. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reduce our wireless operating
expenses commensurate with the level of revenue erosion. The inability to reduce wireless operating expenses would have a material adverse impact on our
business, financial condition and operating results, including our continued ability to remain profitable, produce positive operating cash flow, continue our
research and development investment in Spok Go and pay cash dividends to stockholders.

If we are unable to enhance and deploy our cloud-based offerings while continuing to effectively support our on-premise offerings, our business and
operating results could be adversely affected.

Historically, our revenue has been driven predominately by our on-premise offerings. However, we have responded to the increasing market shift toward
cloud-based offerings by developing cloud-based solutions that we began offering to our customers in the current year. Despite the launch of our cloud-
based offerings, we expect our customers to continue to require substantial on-premise offerings through a transition period while gradually adopting our
cloud-based  offerings.  To  support  deployment  of  both  our  on-premise  and  cloud-based  offerings,  our  developers  and  support  team  must  learn  multiple
environments in which our platform is deployed, which is more expensive than training such individuals on a single environment. Furthermore, we cannot
ensure that the market for cloud-based offerings will develop at a rate or in the manner we expect, or that our cloud-based offerings will be competitive
with  those  of  more  established  cloud-based  providers  or  other  new  market  entrants.  Customers  may  require  features  and  capabilities  that  our  current
solutions do not have and that we may be unable to develop. If we are unable to develop and deploy cloud-based offerings alongside on-premise offerings
that satisfy customer preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner, it may harm our ability to retain existing customers and to attract new customers,
which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Technical problems and higher costs may affect our product development initiatives.

Our future software revenue growth depends on our ability to develop, introduce and effectively deploy new solutions and features to our existing software
solutions.  These  new  features  and  functionalities  are  designed  to  address  both  existing  and  new  customer  requirements.  We  may  experience  technical
problems  and  additional  costs  as  these  new  features  are  tested  and  deployed.  Failure  to  effectively  develop  new  or  improved  software  solutions  could
adversely impact software revenue growth and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results, including our
continued ability to remain profitable, produce positive operating cash flow and pay cash dividends to stockholders.

Undetected  defects,  bugs,  or  security  vulnerabilities  in  our  products  could  adversely  affect  the  market  acceptance  of  new  products,  damage  our
reputation with current or prospective customers, and materially and adversely affect our operating costs.

Software products, such as those we offer, may contain defects and bugs when they are first introduced or as new versions are released, or their release may
be delayed due to unforeseen difficulties during product development. If any of our products, including products of companies we have acquired, or third-
party components used in our products, contain defects or bugs, or have reliability, quality or compatibility problems, we may not be able to successfully
design workarounds. Any defects we do not detect and fix in pre-release testing could cause reduced sales and revenue, damage to our reputation, repair or
remediation costs, delays in the release of new products or versions, or legal liability. There can be no assurance that provisions in our license agreements
that limit our exposure to liability will be sufficient or withstand legal challenge. Computer programmers and hackers also may be able to develop and
deploy viruses, worms, and other malicious software programs that attack our products or otherwise exploit any security vulnerabilities of our products.

We are dependent on the U.S. healthcare provider industry for most of our revenue.

Over  75%  of  our  revenue  for  wireless  services  and  software  products  comes  from  sales  to  hospitals  and  other  healthcare  provider  organizations  in  the
United  States.  These  customers,  both  non-profit  and  for-profit,  are  greatly  affected  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  healthcare  reform  legislation  and  the
reimbursement policies of federal and state governments and health insurance companies, and any decline in revenue received by our customers due to
adverse economic conditions or legislative or regulatory changes could significantly affect the type and amount of services and products they order from
us. We do not anticipate any flexibility in increasing prices for our wireless services notwithstanding general inflation due to an unrelenting focus by our
customers on their cost structures, and our customers could be slow to invest in our software products and professional services due to budgetary pressures.

17

Table of Contents

We may experience a long sales cycle for our software products.

Our software revenue growth results from a long sales cycle that from initial contact to final sales order may take 6 to 18 months, depending on the type of
software solution. Our software sales and marketing efforts involve educating our customers on the technical capabilities of our software solutions and the
potential  benefits  from  the  deployment  of  our  software,  as  well  as  educating  ourselves  as  to  the  clinical  needs  of  our  customers.  The  inherent
unpredictability  of  decision  making  in  our  target  market  segment  of  healthcare  resulting  from  customer  budget  constraints,  multiple  approvals  and
administrative  issues  may  result  in  fluctuating  bookings  and  revenue  from  month  to  month,  quarter  to  quarter  and  year  to  year.  Our  bookings  and
corresponding revenue are dependent on actions that have occurred in the past. Each month we need to spend substantial time, effort, and expense on our
marketing and sales efforts that may not result in future revenue.

We may be unable to find vendors able to supply us with wireless paging equipment based on future demands.

We purchase paging equipment from third-party vendors. This equipment is sold or leased to customers in order to provide wireless messaging services.
The reduction in industry demand for paging equipment has caused various suppliers to cease manufacturing this equipment or increase prices for devices.
There can be no assurance that we will continue to find vendors to supply paging equipment, or that the vendors will supply equipment at costs that allow
us to remain a competitive alternative in the wireless messaging industry. A lack of paging equipment could impact our ability to provide certain wireless
messaging services and could have a material adverse effect on our business, leading to further wireless revenue erosion.

We may be unable to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners.

We use channel partners such as resellers, consulting firms, original equipment manufacturers, and technology partners to license and support our products.
We rely, to a significant degree, on each of our channel partners to select, screen and maintain relationships with its distribution network and to distribute
our offerings in a manner that is consistent with applicable law and regulatory requirements and our quality standards. Contract defaults by any of these
channel  partners  or  the  loss  of  our  relationships  with  them  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  develop,  market,  sell,  or  support  our
communication solution offerings. If our indirect distribution channel is disrupted, we may be required to devote more resources to distribute our offerings
directly and support our customers, which may not be as effective and could lead to higher costs, reduced revenue and growth that is slower than expected.

Recruiting and retaining qualified channel partners and training them in the use of our enterprise technologies requires significant time and resources. If we
fail to devote sufficient resources to support and expand our network of channel partners, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, because we
rely on channel partners for the indirect distribution of our enterprise technologies, we may have little or no contact with the ultimate end-users of our
technologies, thereby making it more difficult for us to establish brand awareness, ensure proper delivery and installation of our software, support ongoing
customer requirements, estimate end-user demand, respond to evolving customer needs and obtain subscription renewals from end users.

We may experience litigation claiming intellectual property infringement by us, and we may not be able to protect our rights in intellectual property that
we own and develop.

Intellectual property infringement litigation has become commonplace, particularly in the wireless and software industries in which we operate. Litigation
can  be  protracted,  expensive,  and  time  consuming.  There  is  no  assurance  that  we  will  remain  immune  to  this  litigation.  Any  such  claims,  whether
meritorious or not, could be time consuming and costly in terms of both resources and management time.

We may receive claims that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others, including claims regarding patents, copyrights, and trademarks. The
number  and  types  of  these  claims  may  grow  as  a  result  of  constant  technological  change  in  the  segments  in  which  our  wireless  services  and  software
products compete, the extensive patent coverage of existing technologies, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents.

Our patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets relating to our wireless services and networks, and our software solutions, are important assets. The
efforts we undertake to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment to our intellectual property rights could
harm our business and our ability to compete effectively. Protecting our intellectual property rights can be costly and time consuming.

We  seek  to  maintain  certain  of  our  intellectual  property  rights  as  trade  secrets,  including  the  source  code  for  many  of  our  software  solutions  and
innovations. Our source code and system architecture may be reverse engineered by our competitors, or the secrecy of our solutions and designs could be
compromised through a security breach or otherwise, or by our employees or former employees, intentionally or accidentally. Any compromise of our trade
secrets could cause us to lose any competitive advantage our software solutions have and the investment we have made in developing our products and
services.

18

Table of Contents

Our portfolio of issued patents and copyrights may be insufficient to defend ourselves against intellectual property infringement claims, and the validity
and scope of our patents could be challenged by third parties were we to seek to enforce them.

Risks Related to our Business and Operations

Our transition to a SaaS based business model may negatively impact our revenue, and if we fail to successfully manage the transition, our business,
financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

We  are  currently  transitioning  to  a  SaaS  based  business  model  and  may  undergo  additional  business  model  changes  in  the  future  in  order  to  adapt  to
changing market demands. Such business model changes entail significant known and unknown risks and uncertainties, and we cannot provide assurance
that we will be able to complete or manage the transition successfully and in a timely manner. If we do not successfully complete the transition, or fail to do
so in a timely manner, our revenues, business and operating results may be adversely affected. The transition to a SaaS business model also means that our
historical results, especially those achieved before we began the transition, may not be indicative of our future results.

Regardless of how we manage the transition, our total bookings and revenue may be adversely impacted by the transition, particularly when compared to
our historical performance. If we are unable to increase the volume of our SaaS sales in any given period to make up for the lower selling price of certain
subscription-based  offerings  compared  to  the  selling  price  of  on-premise  offerings,  our  total  bookings  and  revenue  for  such  period  will  be  negatively
impacted.  Additionally,  the  revenue  associated  with  certain  SaaS  subscription  purchases  will  be  recognized  ratably  over  the  term  of  the  subscription,
resulting in less upfront revenue as compared to our perpetual and term-based licenses. This may result in increased volatility in our reported revenues and
operating results if demand for our subscription-based offerings increases in the future.

These factors may also make it difficult to increase our revenue in a given period even with additional sales in the same period. In addition, maintaining our
historically high customer renewal rates will become increasingly important. Our SaaS customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our
solutions after the expiration of the subscription term, and may decide not to renew, renew only for a portion of our solutions, or renew with pricing terms
that  are  less  favorable  to  us.  Customer  renewal  rates  may  decline  or  fluctuate  due  to  a  number  of  factors,  including  their  level  of  satisfaction  with  our
solutions,  their  ability  to  continue  their  operations  and  spending  levels,  the  pricing  of  our  solutions  and  the  availability  of  competing  solutions.  If  our
renewal rates decline, our total bookings and revenue will fluctuate or decline, and our business and financial results will be negatively affected.

Additional risks associated with our transition to a SaaS business model include, but are not limited to:

•

•

If current or prospective end customers prefer our on-premise licenses, adoption of our subscription-based model may not meet our expectations,
or may take longer than anticipated to achieve;
Potential confusion or concerns among current or prospective end customers and channel partners, including concerns regarding changes to our
pricing models;

• We may be unsuccessful in implementing or maintaining subscription-based pricing models, which could negatively affect adoption, renewal rates

•

•

and our business results;
If we are unsuccessful in implementing our go-to-market cost structure in a timely or cost-effective manner, we may incur sales compensation
costs at a higher than forecasted rate, particularly if the pace of our subscription transition is faster than anticipated; and
Investors,  industry  and  financial  analysts  may  have  difficulty  understanding  the  shift  in  our  business  model,  resulting  in  changes  in  financial
estimates or perceived failure to meet investor expectations. 

Finally,  as  we  transition  to  a  SaaS  business  model,  there  are  many  risks  or  uncertainties  that  may  remain  unknown  to  us  until  we  have  gathered  more
information as part of the transition. If we fail to anticipate these unknowns, whether due to a lack of information, precedent, or otherwise, or if we fail to
properly manage expected risks and/or execute our transition to a subscription-based business model, our business and operating results, and our ability to
accurately forecast our future operating results, may be adversely affected.

We  have  investigated  potential  acquisitions  and  may  not  be  able  to  identify  an  opportunity  at  favorable  terms  or  have  the  ability  to  close  on  the
financing necessary to consummate the transaction.

We  cannot  provide  any  assurances  that  we  will  be  successful  in  finding  such  acquisitions  or  consummating  future  acquisitions  on  favorable  terms.  We
anticipate that our acquisitions will be financed through a combination of methods, including but not limited to the use of available cash on hand, and, if
necessary, borrowings from third-party financial institutions. Disruptions in credit markets and an unwillingness to lend may limit our ability to finance
acquisitions.

19

Table of Contents

We have investigated potential acquisitions and may be unable to successfully integrate such acquisitions into our business and may not achieve all or
any of the operating synergies or anticipated benefits of those acquisitions.

We continue to evaluate acquisitions of other businesses where we believe such acquisitions will yield increased cash flows, improved market penetration
and/or  identified  operating  efficiencies  and  synergies.  We  may  face  various  challenges  with  our  integration  efforts,  including  the  combination  and
simplification of product and service offerings, sales and marketing approaches and establishment of combined operations.

We may have limited or no history of owning and operating any business that we acquire. If we were to acquire these businesses, there can be no assurance
that:

•
•
•

•

Such businesses will perform as expected;
Such businesses will not incur unforeseen obligations or liabilities;
Such businesses will generate sufficient cash flow to support the indebtedness, if incurred, to acquire them or the expenditures needed to develop
them; and
The rate of return from such businesses will justify the decision to invest the capital to acquire them.

There can be no assurance that we will manage these challenges and risks successfully. Moreover, if we are not successful in completing transactions that
we have pursued or may pursue, our business may be adversely affected, and we may incur substantial expenses and divert significant management time
and resources. In addition, in pursuing and completing such transactions, we could use substantial portions of our available cash to pay for all or a portion
of the purchase price for these transactions or retention incentives to employees of the acquired business, or we may incur substantial debt. We could also
issue additional securities to finance all or a portion of the purchase price for these transactions or as retention incentives to employees of the acquired
business, which could cause our stockholders to suffer significant dilution. Any of such transactions may not generate additional revenue or profit for us, or
may take longer to do so than expected, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

Wireless service to our customers could be adversely impacted by network rationalization.

We  have  an  active  program  to  consolidate  the  number  of  networks  and  related  transmitter  locations,  which  is  referred  to  as  network  rationalization.
Network rationalization is necessary to match our technical infrastructure to our smaller subscriber base and to reduce both site rent and telecommunication
costs. The implementation of the network rationalization program could adversely impact service to our existing subscribers, and there can be no assurance
that any efforts to minimize that impact would be successful. This adverse impact could increase the rate of gross subscriber cancellations and/or the level
of wireless revenue erosion. Adverse changes in gross subscriber cancellations and/or revenue erosion could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and operating results.

We depend on highly skilled personnel and, if we are unable to retain or hire additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our strategic
objectives.

To execute our growth plan and achieve our strategic objectives, we must continue to attract and retain highly qualified and motivated personnel across our
organization. In particular, to continue to enhance our software solutions, add new and innovative core functionality and services, as well as develop new
products,  it  will  be  critical  for  us  to  increase  the  size  of  our  research  and  product  development  organization,  including  hiring  highly  skilled  software
engineers. Competition for software engineers is intense within our industry, and there continues to be upward pressure on the compensation paid to these
professionals. In addition, for us to achieve broader market acceptance of our software solutions, grow our customer base, and pursue adjacent markets, we
will need to continue to increase the size of our sales and marketing and customer support organizations. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel,
training them in the use of our software solutions and ensuring they are well-equipped to serve our customers requires a significant investment of time and
resources, and it can be particularly difficult to retain these individuals.

Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater name recognition and financial resources than we have. If we hire
employees  from  competitors  or  other  companies,  their  former  employers  may  attempt  to  assert  that  we  or  these  employees  have  breached  their  legal
obligations to the former employer, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, the job market in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area, where
the majority of our software developers are located, has historically been very competitive, and existing employees often consider the value of the equity
awards  they  receive  in  connection  with  their  employment.  If  the  perceived  value  of  our  equity  awards  declines,  or  if  the  price  of  our  common  stock
experiences significant volatility, this may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. As a result, we have greater difficulty
hiring and retaining skilled personnel than some of our competitors. If we are unable to attract and retain the personnel necessary to execute our growth
plan, we may be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

20

Table of Contents

The  effects  of  COVID-19  on  the  economy  and  our  recent  measures  to  prudently  manage  operating  expenses  as  a  result  of  the  pandemic  may  limit  our
ability to hire new employees and may also contribute to unplanned employee attrition. Continued reductions in work schedules and compensation may
result  in  the  loss  of  high-potential  employees  and  impact  our  ability  to  recruit  talent.  Furthermore,  certain  employees  in  sales  or  customer  service  may
become less engaged as a result of project delays or other events resulting from the pandemic.

Growth in our software revenue and bookings, and maintenance of our wireless revenue and subscriber base is dependent on the productivity of our
sales organization.

Our ability to achieve revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to
support our growth. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Based on past experience, we
expect new sales team members to reach full productivity after nine months of employment. However, our recent hires and planned hires may not become
productive as quickly as we expect, or at all, and we may be unable to hire or retain a sufficient number of qualified individuals in the markets where we do
business or plan to do business. Moreover, as we commence our transition to a subscription-based business model, we are also re-training our experienced
sales employees, who have historically focused on wireless and on-premise sales.

From time to time it may be necessary to reorient our sales representatives to focus on specific market segments, product lines or new software solutions or
to  remove  underperforming  individuals,  which  may  require  additional  resources  to  maintain  productivity.  The  impact  of  these  changes  could  adversely
impact our ability to achieve our sales productivity goals. We have also identified the following risks that could impact our sales productivity:

• Customer  Dissatisfaction  and  Reputational  Harm.  We  may  experience  customer  dissatisfaction  with  our  solutions  that  could  result  in  lost
opportunities  for  sales.  Potential  low  ratings  of  our  solutions  may  result  in  us  being  excluded  from  consideration  by  current  and  prospective
customers with respect to future opportunities. In addition, fewer customer references for our solutions could impact our ability to prospect new
sales.
Training. Training of our marketing and sales personnel as to the clinical requirements of our healthcare customers and the complexity of our
service offerings, takes time and requires a substantial, continuing investment in new hires as well as long-term employees.

•

• Competitive Speed. Sales productivity can be impacted by the capabilities of our competitors. There is a risk that competitors may innovate, or

•

partner faster than we do to deliver a unified communications platform.
Employee Retention. The impact of the elements noted above may challenge the ability of employees to make sales, which may affect morale
and employee retention.

If we are unable to deliver effective customer support, it could harm our relationships with our existing customers and adversely affect our ability to
attract new customers.

Our revenue growth depends, in part, on our ability to satisfy our customers, including by providing continued customer support, which may contribute to
increased customer retention and adoption and utilization of our wireless services and software solutions. Once our wireless services and software solutions
are deployed, our customers depend on our customer support group to resolve technical issues relating to their use of our solutions. We may be unable to
respond  quickly  to  accommodate  short-term  increases  in  customer  demand  for  support  services  or  may  otherwise  encounter  a  customer  issue  that  is
difficult to resolve. If a customer is not satisfied with the quality of our customer support, we may need to incur additional costs to remedy the situation or a
customer may choose to terminate, or not to renew, their relationship with us.

Our sales process is highly dependent on the ease of use of our wireless services and software solutions, our reputation and positive recommendations from
our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality or responsive customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality or
responsive  customer  support,  could  harm  our  reputation,  cause  us  to  lose  customers  and  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  sell  our  wireless  services  and
software solutions to prospective customers.

21

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Technology

Our use of open source software, third-party software and other intellectual property may expose us to risks.

We license and integrate certain software components from third parties into our software, and we expect to continue to use third-party software in the
future. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute or make available as a service open source software as part of their own software
product to publicly disclose all or part of the source code of the users’ developed software or to make available any derivative works of the open source
code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. Our efforts to use the open source software in a manner consistent with the relevant license terms that would not
require us to disclose our proprietary code or license our proprietary software at no cost may not be successful. We may face claims by third parties seeking
to enforce the license terms applicable to such open source software, including by demanding the release of the open source software, derivative works or
our proprietary source code that was developed using such software. In addition, if the license terms for the open source code change, we may be forced to
re-engineer our software or incur additional costs.

Some of our products and services include other software or intellectual property licensed from third parties, and we also use software and other intellectual
property licensed from third parties in our business. This exposes us to risks over which we may have little or no control. For example, a licensor may have
difficulties keeping up with technological changes or may stop supporting the software or other intellectual property that it licenses to us. There can be no
assurance that the licenses we use will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, a third party may assert that we or our customers are in breach
of the terms of a license, which could, among other things, give such third party the right to terminate a license or seek damages from us, or both. Our
inability to obtain or maintain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain or maintain such licenses or rights on favorable terms, or the need to engage in
litigation regarding these matters, could result in delays in releases of new products, and could otherwise disrupt our business, until equivalent technology
can be identified, licensed or developed. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we procure from third
parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including "bugs," security vulnerabilities, and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with
the expected operation of our products and services.

System disruptions and security threats to our computer networks, satellite control or telecommunications systems could have a material adverse effect
on our business.

The performance and reliability of our computer network and telecommunications systems infrastructure, as well as the technology infrastructure of third
parties,  is  critical  to  our  operations.  This  technology  infrastructure  may  be  vulnerable  to  damage  or  interruption  from  natural  disasters,  power  loss,
telecommunication  failures,  terrorist  attacks,  software  errors  and  other  events.  Any  computer  system  or  satellite  network  error  or  failure,  regardless  of
cause, could result in a substantial outage that materially disrupts our operations. In addition, we face the threat to our computer systems of unauthorized
access,  computer  hackers,  computer  viruses,  malicious  code,  organized  cyber-attacks  and  other  security  problems  and  system  disruptions.  Our  satellite
network  connections  for  our  wireless  services  depend  upon  very  small  aperture  terminals,  many  of  which  are  based  on  decades-old  technology  or
equipment that could fail and result in a loss of service to our customers. With respect to our Enterprise Reporting and Management systems and data
storage, we rely on third party data centers and services for maintaining accessibility, reliability and uninterrupted connectivity.

A significant number of the systems making up this infrastructure are not redundant, and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for every
eventuality. We may not carry business interruption insurance sufficient to protect us from all losses that may result from interruptions in our services as a
result of technology infrastructure failures or to cover all contingencies. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of
these system disruptions or to alleviate problems caused by these disruptions. Any interruption in the availability of our websites and online interactions
with customers or partners may cause a reduction in customer or partner satisfaction levels, which in turn could cause additional claims, reduced revenue or
loss of customers or partners. There can be no assurance that any precautions we take will prove successful, and such problems could result in, among other
consequences, a loss of data, a loss of confidence in the stability and reliability of our offerings, damage to our reputation, and legal liability, all of which
may adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

We rely on a single third-party provider, Amazon Web Services, for computing infrastructure, secure network connectivity, and other technology-related
services needed to deliver our cloud-based solutions. Any disruption in the services provided by such third-party provider could adversely affect our
business.

Our cloud-based solutions are hosted from, and use computing infrastructure, secure network connectivity, and other technology-related services provided
by  AWS.  We  do  not  control  the  operations  of  this  third-party  provider  or  own  the  equipment  used  to  provide  such  services.  Because  we  cannot  easily
switch our AWS-serviced operations to another cloud provider, any disruption of or interference with our use of AWS, for example, due to natural disasters,
cyber-attacks,  terrorist  attacks,  power  losses,  telecommunications  failures,  or  similar  events,  would  impact  our  operations  and  may  adversely  affect  our
business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

22

Table of Contents

In addition, AWS has no obligation to renew its agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to renew our agreement on
commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transition to a new provider, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in
connection with doing so.

Unauthorized breaches or failures in cybersecurity measures adopted by us and/or included in our products and services could have a material adverse
effect on our business.

Our  security  systems  are  designed  to  maintain  the  physical  security  of  our  facilities  and  protect  our  customers’,  suppliers’  and  employees’  confidential
information,  as  well  as  our  own  proprietary  information.  However,  we  are  also  dependent  on  a  number  of  third-party  providers  of  critical  corporate
infrastructure services relating to, among other things, human resources, electronic communication services and certain finance functions, and we are, of
necessity, dependent on the security systems of these providers. Accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access by third parties or our
employees  or  contractors  to  our  facilities,  our  information  systems  or  the  systems  of  our  third-party  providers,  or  the  existence  of  computer  viruses  or
malware  in  our  or  their  data  or  software  could  expose  us  to  risks  of  information  loss  and  misappropriation  of  proprietary  and  confidential  information,
including  information  relating  to  our  products  or  customers  and  the  personal  information  of  our  employees.  We  utilize  a  costly,  multilayered  security
framework  including  detailed  security  policies  and  procedures,  security  appliances  and  software,  third-party  vulnerability  testing  and  detailed  business
continuity plans that could be disrupted at any time.

In addition, we have, from time to time, been subject to unauthorized network intrusions and malware on our own IT networks. Any theft or misuse of
confidential,  personal  or  proprietary  information  as  a  result  of  such  activities  could  result  in,  among  other  things,  unfavorable  publicity,  damage  to  our
reputation, loss of our trade secrets and other competitive information, difficulty in marketing our products, allegations by our customers that we have not
performed  our  contractual  obligations,  litigation  by  affected  parties  and  possible  financial  obligations  for  liabilities  and  damages  related  to  the  theft  or
misuse of such information, as well as fines and other sanctions resulting from any related breaches of data privacy regulations, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our reputation, business, profitability and financial condition. Furthermore, the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or
to sabotage systems change frequently and are often not recognized until launched against a target, and we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or
to implement adequate preventative measures.

Risks Related to our Financial Results

We may be unable to realize the benefits associated with our deferred income tax assets.

We have significant deferred income tax assets that are available to offset future taxable income and increase cash flows from operations. The use of these
deferred income tax assets is dependent on the availability of taxable income in future periods. The availability of future taxable income is dependent on
our ability to profitably manage our operations to support a growing base of software revenue offset by declining wireless subscribers and revenue. To the
extent that anticipated reductions in wireless operating expenses do not occur or sufficient revenue is not generated, we may not achieve sufficient taxable
income to allow for use of our deferred income tax assets. The accounting for deferred income tax assets is based upon an estimate of future results, and
any valuation allowance we may apply to our deferred tax assets may be increased or decreased as conditions change or if we are unable to implement
certain  tax  planning  strategies.  If  we  are  unable  to  use  these  deferred  income  tax  assets,  our  financial  condition  and  statement  of  operations  may  be
materially affected. In addition, a significant portion of our deferred income tax assets relate to net operating losses. If our ability to utilize these losses is
limited, due to Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") Section 382, our financial condition and statement of operations may be materially affected. In the fourth
quarter of 2020 we recorded a valuation allowance of $22.1 million to reduce net deferred income tax assets as their realization did not meet the applicable
more-likely-than-not criterion.

If our long-lived assets, intangible assets subject to amortization or goodwill become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to
earnings.

We  are  required  to  evaluate  the  carrying  value  of  our  long-lived  assets,  amortizable  intangible  assets  and  goodwill.  For  long-lived  and  amortizable
intangible assets, we assess quarterly whether circumstances exist which suggest that the carrying value of long-lived and amortizable intangible assets may
not be recoverable. We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually, or when events or circumstances suggest a potential impairment has occurred.
We generally perform this annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year.

If our long-lived assets, intangible assets subject to amortization or goodwill are deemed to be impaired, an impairment loss equal to the amount by which
the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets would be recognized. We may be required to record a significant charge in our financial statements
during  the  period  in  which  any  impairment  of  our  long-lived  assets,  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization  or  goodwill  is  determined,  which  would
negatively  affect  our  results  of  operations.  For  example,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020  and  2019  we  recognized  non-cash  pre-tax  goodwill  impairment
charges of $25.0 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

23

Table of Contents

Our estimates of market opportunity for our software solutions are subject to significant uncertainty and, even if the markets in which we compete meet
or exceed our size estimates, we could fail to increase our revenue or market share.

Market opportunity estimates are based on assumptions and estimates, and our internal analysis and industry experience. However, assessing the market for
clinical communication and collaboration solutions, particularly cloud-based, SaaS solutions, is difficult due to several factors, such as limited available
information  and  rapid  evolution  of  the  market.  Our  estimates  of  market  opportunity  depend  on  the  assumptions  we  made,  and  the  estimated  market
opportunity  could  be  materially  different  with  different  assumptions.  Even  if  the  markets  in  which  we  compete  meet  or  exceed  our  size  estimates,  our
software solutions may fail to gain market acceptance and our business may not grow in line with our forecasts. In addition, an increase in the prevalence of
cloud-based offerings by us and our competitors could also unfavorably impact the pricing of our on-premise offerings and have a dampening impact on
overall demand for our on-premise offerings, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Regulatory Matters

We  are  subject  to  data  privacy  and  protection-related  laws  and  regulation,  and  we  may  encounter  issues  with  privacy  and  security  of  personal
information.

A substantial portion of our revenue comes from healthcare customers. As part of our business, we (or third parties with whom we contract) may receive,
store and process our data, as well as our customers’ and partners’ private data and personal information. As such, our business is subject to a variety of
federal, state and international laws and regulations that apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and processing of personal
data.

Our software solutions may handle or have access to personal health information subject in the United States to HIPAA, HITECH and related regulations as
well  as  legislation  and  regulations  in  foreign  countries.  These  statutes  and  related  regulations  impose  numerous  requirements  regarding  the  use  and
disclosure of personal health information with which we and our software solutions must comply. Our failure to accurately anticipate or interpret these
complex and technical laws and regulations could subject us to civil and/or criminal liability. Such failure could adversely impact our ability to market and
sell our software solutions to healthcare customers, and have a material adverse impact on our software sales.

In addition to personal health information, the Company may handle or have access to personal information in the European Union subject to the General
Data Protection Regulation (the "GDPR"). The GDPR imposes several stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data and increases
our  obligations,  including,  for  example,  by  requiring  more  robust  disclosures  to  individuals,  strengthening  the  individual  data  rights  regime,  shortening
timelines for data breach notifications, limiting retention periods and secondary use of information, and imposing additional obligations when we contract
third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data.

The GDPR could limit our ability to use and share personal data or could cause our costs to increase and harm our business, financial condition, operating
results and cash flows. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the applicable European Union member states may result in fines of up to
€20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. To
comply  with  the  data  protection  rules  imposed  by  the  GDPR,  we  may  be  required  to  put  in  place  additional  mechanisms  that  could  be  onerous  and
adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Existing privacy-related laws and regulations in the United States and other countries are evolving and are subject to potentially differing interpretations,
and various federal and state or other international legislative and regulatory bodies may expand or enact laws regarding privacy and data security-related
matters.  In  the  U.S.,  the  state  of  California  enacted  the  California  Consumer  Privacy  Act,  which  came  into  effect  on  January  1,  2020,  and  which  also
imposes heightened transparency obligations and requirements to make available data collected about California residents and to provide them the ability to
object to the sale, or request deletion of, their personal data in certain instances. If other states in the U.S. adopt similar laws or if a comprehensive federal
data privacy law is enacted, we may expend considerable resources to meet these requirements.

In addition, customers may use our wireless services to transmit patient health information subject to HIPAA and other regulatory requirements. While we
offer  encrypted  pagers  to  our  customers,  many  customers  use  wireless  devices  provided  by  us  that  do  not  encrypt  text  messages.  While  we  disclaim
liability  for  customer  non-compliance  with  HIPAA  and  other  privacy  requirements,  there  remains  some  risk  we  could  be  held  responsible  for  privacy
violations by our customers.

24

Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that the security and testing measures we take relating to our offerings and operations will prevent all security breaches and data
loss  that  could  harm  our  business  or  the  businesses  of  our  customers  and  partners.  These  risks  may  increase  as  we  continue  to  grow  our  services  and
offerings  and  as  we  receive,  store  and  process  more  of  our  customers’  data.  Actual  or  perceived  vulnerabilities  may  lead  to  regulatory  investigations,
claims against us by customers, partners or other third parties, or costs, such as those related to providing customer notifications and fraud monitoring.
There can be no assurance that any provisions in our customer agreements limiting our liability will be enforceable or effective under applicable law. In
addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.

The data privacy and protection-related laws and regulations to which we are subject are evolving, with new or modified laws and regulations proposed and
implemented frequently, and existing laws and regulations subject to new or different interpretations. Any failure by us to comply with data privacy- and
protection-related  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  enforcement  actions,  significant  penalties  or  other  legal  actions  against  us  or  our  customers  or
suppliers. An actual or alleged failure to comply, which could result in negative publicity, reduce demand for our offerings, increase the cost of compliance,
require changes in business practices that result in reduced revenue, restrict our ability to provide our offerings in certain locations, result in our customers’
inability to use our offerings and prohibit data transfers or result in other claims, liabilities or sanctions, including fines, and could have an adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

Our wireless products are regulated by the FCC and, to a lesser extent, state and local regulatory authorities. Changes in regulation could result in
increased costs to us and our customers.

We are subject to regulation by the FCC and, to a lesser extent, by state and local authorities. Changes in regulatory policy could increase the fees we must
pay  to  the  government  or  to  third  parties,  and  could  subject  us  to  more  stringent  requirements  that  could  cause  us  to  incur  additional  capital  and/or
operating  costs.  To  the  extent  additional  regulatory  costs  are  passed  along  to  customers,  those  increased  costs  could  adversely  impact  subscriber
cancellations.

For  example,  the  FCC  issued  an  order  in  October  2007  that  mandated  paging  carriers  (including  the  Company)  along  with  all  other  CMRS  providers
serving a defined minimum number of subscribers to maintain an emergency back-up power supply at all cell sites to enable operation for a minimum of
eight hours in the event of a loss of commercial power (the "Back-up Power Order"). Ultimately, after a hearing by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the DC
Circuit and disapproval by the Office of Management and Budget (the "OMB") of the information collection requirements of the Back-up Power Order, the
FCC indicated that it would not seek to override the OMB’s disapproval. Rather the FCC indicated that it would issue a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
with the goal of adopting revised back-up power rules. To date, there has been no Notice of Proposed Rulemaking by the FCC and we are unable to predict
what impact, if any, a revised back-up power rule could have on our business, financial condition and operating results, including our continued ability to
remain profitable, produce positive operating cash flow and pay cash dividends to stockholders.

As a further example, the FCC continues to consider changes to the rules governing the collection of universal service fees. The FCC is evaluating a flat
monthly  charge  per  assigned  telephone  number  as  opposed  to  assessing  universal  service  contributions  based  on  telecommunication  carriers’  interstate
revenue. There is no timetable for any rulemaking to implement this numbers-based methodology. If the FCC adopts a numbers-based methodology, our
attempt to recover the increased contribution costs from our customers could significantly diminish demand for our services, and our failure to recover such
increased contribution costs could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our software products are regulated by the FDA. The application of or changes in regulations could impact our ability to market new or
revised software products to our customers.

Certain of our software products are regulated by the FDA as medical devices. The classification of our software products as medical devices means that
we are required to comply with certain registration and listing, labeling, medical device reporting, removal and correction, and good manufacturing practice
requirements. Updates to these products or the development of new products could require us to seek clearance from the FDA before we are permitted to
market or sell these software products.

In  addition,  changes  to  FDA  regulations  could  impact  existing  software  products  or  require  updates  to  existing  products.  The  impact  of  delays  in  FDA
clearance or changes to FDA regulations could impact our ability to market or sell our software products and could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results, including our continued ability to remain profitable, produce positive operating cash flow and pay cash
dividends to stockholders.

25

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We had no unresolved SEC staff comments as of February 18, 2021.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our  corporate  headquarters  is  located  in  Springfield,  Virginia,  and  consists  of  approximately  18,000  square  feet  of  space  under  a  lease  that  expires  on
March 31, 2021. At December 31, 2020, we leased facility space, including our executive headquarters, sales offices, technical facilities, warehouse and
storage facilities in 56 locations in 28 states in the United States, one facility in Australia and one facility in the Middle East. The total leased space is
approximately 162,000 square feet. At December 31, 2020, we owned three small parcels of land in three states in the United States.

At December 31, 2020, we leased transmitter sites on commercial broadcast towers, buildings and other fixed structures, some of which are free of charge,
in  approximately  2,964  locations  throughout  the  United  States.  These  leases  are  for  our  active  transmitters  and  are  for  various  terms  and  provide  for
periodic lease payments at various rates.

At December 31, 2020, we had 3,646 active transmitters on leased sites which provide service to our customers.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Refer  to  Note  10,  "Commitments  and  Contingencies"  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  information  regarding  legal  proceedings  in
which we are involved.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable. 

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES

Market Information

Our  sole  class  of  common  equity  is  our  $0.0001  par  value  common  stock,  which  is  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  National  Market   and  is  traded  under  the
symbol "SPOK."

®

Holders of Common Stock

As of February 12, 2021, there were 3,108 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

The Company declared dividends totaling $10.0 million and $9.9 million during 2020 and 2019, respectively, and expects to pay dividends of $0.125 per
common share each quarter, subject to declaration by the Board of Directors, in 2021. Cash dividends declared for the years ended December 31, 2020, and
2019,  respectively,  include  dividends  related  to  unvested  restricted  stock  units  ("RSUs")  and  shares  of  unvested  restricted  common  stock  ("restricted
stock")  granted  under  the  Company's  Equity  Plans  (as  defined  below)  to  executives  and  non-executive  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors.  Cash
distributions on RSUs and restricted stock are accrued and paid when the applicable vesting conditions are met. Accrued cash distributions on forfeited
RSUs and restricted stock are also forfeited.

26

Table of Contents

The  following  table  details  information  on  our  dividends  declared  and  cash  distributions  since  the  formation  of  the  Company  in  2005  through  the  year
ended December 31, 2020:

(Dollars in Thousands)

Year

Prior to 2016
(2)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020

Total

(1)

(2)

Dividends Declared Per Share
Amount

Total
Payment

(1)

$

$

17.525  $
0.750 
0.500 
0.500 
0.500 
0.500 
20.275  $

441,746 
10,287 
15,234 
10,064 
9,819 
9,771 
496,921 

The total payment reflects the cash distributions paid in relation to common stock, vested RSUs and vested shares of restricted stock.
The per share amount includes a special one-time dividend of $0.25 per share of common stock declared in 2016 but payable to stockholders in 2017.

We expect to pay dividends of $0.125 per common share each quarter in 2021, subject to declaration by the Board of Directors. On February 17, 2021, the
Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share of common stock, with a record date of March 16, 2021, and a payment
date of March 30, 2021. This cash dividend of approximately $2.4 million is expected to be paid from available cash on hand.

27

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

We began trading on the NASDAQ National Market  on November 17, 2004. The chart below compares the relative changes in the cumulative total return
®
of our common stock for the period of December 31, 2015, to December 31, 2020, against the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index ,
the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index  and the S&P Health Care Technology Index for the same period.

®

®

The chart below assumes that on December 31, 2015, $100 was invested in our common stock and in each of the indices. The comparisons assume that all
cash distributions were reinvested. The chart indicates the dollar value of each hypothetical $100 investment based on the closing price as of the last trading
day of each fiscal year from December 31, 2015, to December 31, 2020.

Spok Holdings, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
NASDAQ Telecommunications
S&P Health Care Technology

December 31,

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

$

100.00  $
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

118.11  $
108.87 
112.56 
78.73 

91.73  $

80.36  $

77.01  $

141.13 
135.96 
112.00 

137.12 
125.10 
87.15 

187.44 
158.73 
122.90 

73.66 
271.64 
192.30 
132.86 

28

Table of Contents

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

No  common  stock  was  repurchased  by  the  Company  (excluding  the  purchase  of  common  stock  for  tax  withholdings)  during  the  three  months  ended
December 31, 2020.

Transfer Restrictions on Common Stock

In order to reduce the possibility that certain changes in ownership could impose limitations on the use of our deferred income tax assets, our Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions that generally restrict transfers by or to any 5% stockholder of our common stock or any transfer
that would cause a person or group of persons to become a 5% stockholder of our common stock. After a cumulative indirect shift in ownership of more
than 45% since our emergence from bankruptcy proceedings in May 2002 through a transfer of our common stock, any transfer of our common stock by or
to a 5% stockholder of our common stock or any transfer that would cause a person or group of persons to become a 5% stockholder of such common
stock, will be prohibited unless the transferee or transferor provides notice of the transfer to us and our Board of Directors determines in good faith that the
transfer would not result in a cumulative indirect shift in ownership of more than 47%.

Prior to a cumulative indirect ownership change of more than 45%, transfers of our common stock will not be prohibited, except to the extent that they
result in a cumulative indirect shift in ownership of more than 47%, but any transfer by or to a 5% stockholder of our common stock or any transfer that
would cause a person or group of persons to become a 5% stockholder of our common stock requires notice to us. Similar restrictions apply to the issuance
or transfer of an option to purchase our common stock, if the exercise of the option would result in a transfer that would be prohibited pursuant to the
restrictions described above. These restrictions will remain in effect until the earliest of (1) the repeal of IRC Section 382 (or any comparable successor
provision) and (2) the date on which the limitation amount imposed by IRC Section 382 in the event of an ownership change would not be less than the tax
attributes subject to these limitations. Transfers by or to us and any transfer pursuant to a merger approved by our Board of Directors or any tender offer to
acquire all of our outstanding stock where a majority of the shares have been tendered will be exempt from these restrictions.

Based on publicly available information and after considering any direct knowledge we may have, our combined cumulative change in ownership was an
insignificant amount as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the discussion under
"Organization and Significant Accounting Policies” (refer to Note 1 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements), which describes key estimates
and  assumptions  we  make  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements;  the  cautionary  language  that  appears  under  the  title  "Forward
Looking Statements" immediately following the Table of Contents; "Item 1. Business," which describes our operations; and "Item 1A. Risk Factors," which
describes key risks associated with our operations and markets in which we operate. A reference to a "Note" in this section refers to the accompanying
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Overview and Highlights

We are a comprehensive provider of clinical communication and collaboration solutions for enterprises. We offer a suite of unified clinical communication
and  collaboration  solutions  that  include  call  center  operations,  clinical  alerting  and  notifications,  one-way  and  advanced  two-way  wireless  messaging
services,  mobile  communications  and  public  safety  response.  Our  customers  rely  on  Spok  for  workflow  improvement,  secure  texting,  paging  services,
contact center optimization and public safety response. Our product offerings are capable of addressing a customer’s clinical communications needs. We
develop, sell and support enterprise-wide systems for healthcare and other organizations needing to automate, centralize and standardize their approach to
clinical communications. While our primary market has been the healthcare industry with a focus on prominent hospitals, our solutions can also be found in
large government agencies; leading public safety institutions; colleges and universities; large hotels, resorts and casinos; and well-known manufacturers.

Revenue generated by wireless messaging services (including voice mail, personalized greetings, message storage and retrieval) and equipment loss and/or
maintenance  protection  to  both  one-way  and  two-way  messaging  subscribers  is  presented  as  wireless  revenue  in  our  statements  of  operations.  Revenue
generated  by  the  sale  of  our  software  solutions,  which  includes  software  license,  professional  services  (installation,  consulting  and  training),  equipment
procured by us from third parties (to be used in conjunction with our software) and post-contract support (on-going maintenance), is presented as software
revenue in our statements of operations. Our software is licensed to end users under an industry standard software license agreement.

29

Table of Contents

COVID-19

In  March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  global  pandemic,  and  the  virus  has  significantly  impacted  the  global  economy.
Although federal and state restrictions were not widely adopted until late in the first quarter of 2020, we began to experience a direct impact on our sales
cycle  in  late  February  2020  as  hospitals  began  to  delay  purchasing  decisions  and  deal  with  staff  reductions.  These  delays  have  continued  to  affect  our
software bookings, which directly impact license and equipment revenues. We have also experienced delays in our ability to deliver on-site implementation
services, which continued to impact our services revenue throughout 2020. While much of our implementation process can be performed remotely, the on-
premise nature of certain of our solutions require some level of on-site availability to complete and finalize customer software solutions, and we believe we
will continue to see weaker professional services revenue in comparison to normal operating levels that will continue into 2021.

Our ability to return to normal operating levels is largely driven by our customers and their ability to bring operations back to levels beyond just critical
needs and emergency services. Many hospitals initially reduced the providing of elective surgeries as a result of government restrictions, as well as patients
delaying or canceling elective procedures during the pandemic. While these organizations began to see improved operating levels during the second half of
2020 as they better managed their admissions process and capacity constraints, the timing of vaccine distributions as well as any significant spikes in U.S.
virus cases could further delay progress towards returning to normal operational levels. As previously discussed, we believe that we are likely to see some
lingering and continued effects from COVID-19 throughout 2021, although we are cautiously optimistic that normal operating levels could be achieved
during the second half of 2021.

Additionally,  many  hospitals  have  restrictive  social  distancing  guidelines  in  place  in  order  to  ensure  the  safety  of  their  personnel  and  patients.  These
restrictions can make it difficult for external personnel who are not critical to the immediate operating needs of a hospital, such as our implementation staff,
to gain access. These factors can vary considerably depending on the size of an organization, geographical location and local regulations. Given that we
anticipate continued disruptions to our business, we believe there will be a continued impact on our software revenues throughout 2021. With regard to
implementation services, these impacts have primarily resulted in delays in timing of revenue recognition, as associated revenue corresponds to our backlog
of performance obligations ready to deliver at some point in the future.

Over the last several months of 2020, we began to see modest improvements in each of the aforementioned areas that have been impacted by the COVID-
19 pandemic, and we are cautiously optimistic that we will continue seeing sequential improvement in these areas over the next several quarters. We are
also optimistic that any lingering effects from COVID-19 will have a lesser impact on our financial results in 2021 than they did in 2020. As facts and
circumstances continue to evolve over the coming months, we will continue to assess and communicate the anticipated impact on our business, and we
continue  to  diligently  pursue  countermeasures  to  prudently  manage  operating  expenses  during  this  time,  with  a  goal  of  neutralizing  the  impact  of  the
pandemic  on  our  cash  flows  into  2021.  More  specifically,  we  enacted  a  Company-wide  plan  that  reduced  work  schedules  with  a  related  temporary
reduction  in  compensation  rates  during  the  second,  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  2020.  For  the  year,  these  reduced  work  schedules  resulted  in  realized
savings of approximately $5.6 million in compensation expense.

We will continue to manage operating expenses and conserve cash for the duration of the pandemic. We expect to continue operating with reduced work
schedules and a temporary reduction in compensation rates throughout 2021. We have also initiated a measure that will provide equity in lieu of cash for a
portion of salary compensation for employees who meet the requisite criteria for consideration. Finally, non-employee Directors will continue to have the
option  of  receiving  Deferred  Stock  Units  ("DSU")  in  lieu  of  cash  compensation,  that  we  began  offering  in  the  third  quarter  of  2020  (Refer  to  Note  8,
"Stockholder Equity" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail related to the alternative DSU plan). Each of these measures are
described in further detail below and are subject to actual operating conditions experienced during the year.

• Reduced work schedules: Each of our employees, including our executive officers, will be subject to one week of reduced work schedules per

•

quarter in 2021. We expect to realize savings of between $4.5 million and $6.5 million in compensation expense for the year.
Equity  in  Lieu  of  Cash  Compensation:  Qualified  employees  will  receive  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  in  lieu  of  partial  cash
compensation.  These  awards  will  be  made  in  advance  on  a  quarterly  basis  and  vest  immediately.  This  will  affect  approximately  450  of  our
employees, and we expect to achieve between $2.0 million and $3.0 million in cash savings for the year.

• Non-Employee  Director  Alternative  DSU  Plan:  Non-Employee  Directors  have  the  option  of  receiving  DSUs  in  lieu  of  cash  compensation.
Since inception of this alternative payment plan, which began in the third quarter of 2020, all non-employee Directors have voluntarily elected to
receive DSUs in lieu of cash compensation. We anticipate all non-employee Directors will continue with this election through 2021 and we expect
to achieve between $0.3 million and $0.5 million in cash savings for the year.

30

Table of Contents

As  we  continue  to  see  improvements  in  our  operating  levels,  we  are  confident  that  the  need  to  mitigate  cash  flow  impacts  through  direct  expense
management will also continue to decline. While the Company has the ability to continue its countermeasures for the foreseeable future, we anticipate re-
evaluating our position on a quarterly basis based on the progression of COVID-19, impacts on our business, and other facts and circumstances as deemed
relevant  by  management.  Additionally,  we  believe  the  Company  will  continue  to  see  some  benefits  from  the  Coronavirus  Aid  Relief  and  Economic
Security ("CARES") Act discussed in further detail below.

The CARES Act was signed into law on March 27, 2020, to provide stimulus and relief in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting economic
collapse. While the CARES Act provides a number of potential benefits to companies, the Company has made use of the following provisions:

•

•

Payroll Tax Deferral: Allows for the deferral of payment on the Company's share of the 6.2% Social Security tax on wages paid beginning on
March 27, 2020, and ending on December 31, 2020. Deferred amounts are payable in two installments, with 50% of such taxes due on December
31,  2021,  and  the  remainder  due  on  December  31,  2022.  This  resulted  in  a  total  deferral  of  $2.1  million  in  payroll  taxes  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020.
Employee Retention Credits:  Allows  for  a  refundable  tax  credit  for  the  Company's  share  of  the  6.2%  Social  Security  tax  on  wages.  This  tax
credit applies to the first $10,000 in qualified wages paid to each employee commencing on March 13, 2020. To be eligible, the Company must (i)
have had operations fully or partially suspended because of a shutdown order from a governmental authority related to COVID-19, or (ii) have had
gross receipts decline by more than 50% in a calendar quarter when compared to the same quarter in 2019. Qualified wages are limited to wages
paid to employees who were not providing services due to the COVID-19 pandemic. This resulted in a tax credit of $1.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2020.

• Alternative  Minimum  Tax  ("AMT")  Credit:  Allows  for  an  immediate  refund  of  all  refundable  AMT  credits  resulting  from  passage  of  the
CARES Act of 2020. This resulted in accelerated collection of approximately $1.3 million of other current assets that was received during the
third quarter of 2020.

As previously mentioned, we believe our cost mitigation efforts, in addition to natural cost savings that have materialized as a result of the COVID-19
pandemic (e.g., reduced travel and events), will allow us to continue to offset any negative cash flow impact resulting from the pandemic during 2021.

2020 Highlights

Spok Go was released to the general market in early 2020. This was a significant milestone given the amount of effort and investment that has gone into the
development  of  Spok  Go  over  the  last  several  years.  Spok  Go  is  an  integrated  cloud-native  platform  built  on  the  foundation  of  a  single,  best-in-class
architecture which we believe is uniquely positioned to meet healthcare industry needs around clinical communications. While this is a critical milestone in
our transition from an on-premise oriented company to a SaaS provider, it is important to understand that this transition will likely take several years to
complete.

Total revenue declined by 7.6% or $12.1 million during 2020 compared to 2019, primarily as a result of the continued and expected decline in wireless
revenue as well as the significant impacts from COVID-19. The rate of decline in wireless revenues continues to trend favorably over the last several years
as we saw the lowest level of erosion in the last five years, declining at a rate of only 5.2%.

In  the  fourth  quarters  of  2020  and  2019,  we  recognized  non-cash  pre-tax  goodwill  impairment  charges  of  $25.0  million  and  $8.8  million,  respectively.
Excluding  these  goodwill  impairment  charges,  our  operating  expenses  decreased  by  12.8%  or  $21.4  million  during  2020  compared  to  2019,  driven
primarily by savings from management's cost mitigation plan related to COVID-19 as well as the capitalization of software development costs.

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  valuation  allowance  of  $22.1  million  which  resulted  in  a  corresponding  increase  to  income  tax
expense.

We returned approximately $9.8 million of capital to stockholders in the form of cash dividends.

31

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table is a summary of our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the discussion
that follows compares the year ended December 31, 2020, to the year ended December 31, 2019. For a discussion and analysis of the year ended December
31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, please refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February 27,
2020:

(Dollars in thousands)

2020

Change

2019

Change

2018

Revenue:

Wireless
Software

Total revenue

Operating expenses:

$

83,593 
64,587 
148,180 

Cost of revenue (exclusive of items shown
separately below)
Research and development
Technology operations
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
Goodwill impairment

Total operating expenses

Operating loss
Interest income
Other income (expense)
Loss before income taxes

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

Net loss

$

28,542 
15,828 
29,843 
19,467 
43,102 
9,056 
25,007 
170,845 
(22,665)
687 
208 
(21,770)
(22,455)
(44,225) $

(4,574)
(7,535)
(12,109)

(1,530)
(11,715)
(1,585)
(3,703)
(2,685)
(193)
16,158 
(5,253)
(6,856)
(964)
(527)
(8,347)
(25,113)
(33,460)

(5.2)% $
(10.4)%
(7.6)%

88,167  $
72,122 
160,289 

(6,110)
(3,075)
(9,185)

(6.5)% $
(4.1)%
(5.4)%

94,277 
75,197 
169,474 

(5.1)%
(42.5)%
(5.0)%
(16.0)%
(5.9)%
(2.1)%
182.6 %
(3.0)%
43.4 %
(58.4)%
(71.7)%
62.2 %
(944.8)%
310.8 % $

30,072 
27,543 
31,428 
23,170 
45,787 
9,249 
8,849 
176,098 
(15,809)
1,651 
735 
(13,423)
2,658 
(10,765) $

(2,336)
3,079 
72 
(1,383)
(3,310)
(1,520)
8,849 
3,451 
(12,636)
13 
1,385 
(11,238)
1,952 
(9,286)

(7.2)%
12.6 %
0.2 %
(5.6)%
(6.7)%
(14.1)%
— %
2.0 %
398.2 %
0.8 %
(213.1)%
514.3 %
276.5 %
627.9 % $

32,408 
24,464 
31,356 
24,553 
49,097 
10,769 
— 
172,647 
(3,173)
1,638 
(650)
(2,185)
706 
(1,479)

Supplemental information:

FTEs
Active transmitters

602 

3,646 

(36)

(194)

(5.6)%

(5.1)%

638 

3,840 

42 

(94)

7.0 %

(2.4)%

596 

3,934 

32

Table of Contents

Revenue

The table below details total revenue for the periods stated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Revenue - wireless:
Paging revenue
Product and other revenue
Total wireless revenue

Revenue - software:

License
Services
Equipment
Subscription

Operations revenue
Maintenance revenue
Total software revenue

Total revenue

Wireless Revenue

2020

Change

2019

Change

2018

$

$

79,916  $
3,677 
83,593 

(5,151)
577 
(4,574)

(6.1)% $
18.6 %
(5.2)%

85,067  $
3,100 
88,167 

5,179 
17,910 
2,841 
66 
25,996 
38,591 
64,587 
148,180  $

(3,771)
(1,279)
(777)
66 
(5,761)
(1,774)
(7,535)
(12,109)

(42.1)%
(6.7)%
(21.5)%
— %
(18.1)%
(4.4)%
(10.4)%
(7.6)% $

8,950 
19,189 
3,618 
— 
31,757 
40,365 
72,122 
160,289  $

(5,503)
(607)
(6,110)

(4,092)
1,098 
(1,377)
— 
(4,371)
1,296 
(3,075)
(9,185)

(6.1)% $
(16.4)%
(6.5)%

90,570 
3,707 
94,277 

(31.4)%
6.1 %
(27.6)%
— %
(12.1)%
3.3 %
(4.1)%
(5.4)% $

13,042 
18,091 
4,995 
— 
36,128 
39,069 
75,197 
169,474 

Wireless revenue consists of two primary components: paging revenue and product and other revenue. Paging revenue consists primarily of recurring fees
associated with the provision of messaging services and fees for paging devices and is net of a provision for service credits. Product and other revenue
reflects system sales, the sale of devices and charges for paging devices that are not returned and are net of anticipated credits.

Our core offering includes subscriptions to one-way or two-way messaging services for a periodic (monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual) service fee.
This is generally based upon the type of service provided, the geographic area covered, the number of devices provided to the customer and the period of
commitment. A subscriber to one-way messaging services may select coverage on a local, regional or nationwide basis to best meet their messaging needs.
Two-way messaging is generally offered on a nationwide basis. In addition, subscribers either contract for a messaging device from us for an additional
fixed monthly fee or they own a device, having purchased it either from us or from another vendor.

We also sell devices to resellers who lease or resell devices to their subscribers and then sell messaging services utilizing our networks. We offer ancillary
services, such as voicemail and equipment loss or maintenance protection, which help increase the monthly recurring revenue we receive along with these
traditional messaging services. We offer exclusive one-way (T5) and two-way (T52) alphanumeric pagers, which are configurable to support unencrypted
or encrypted operation. When configured for encryption, they utilize AES-128 bit encryption, screen locking and remote wipe capabilities. With encryption
enabled, these new secure paging devices enhance our service offerings to the healthcare community by adding HIPAA security capabilities to the low cost,
highly reliable and availability benefits of paging (see Item 1. "Business" for more details).

The decrease in wireless revenue during 2020 compared to 2019 reflects the decrease in demand for our wireless services. Wireless revenue is generally
based upon the number of units in service and the monthly Average Revenue Per User ("ARPU"). On a consolidated basis ARPU is affected by several
factors, including the mix of units in service and the pricing of the various components of our services. The number of units in service changes based on
subscribers added, referred to as gross placements, less subscriber cancellations, or disconnects. For the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, ARPU
was $7.30 and $7.34, respectively. Total units in service were 0.9 million as of December 31, 2020, and 2019.

While demand for wireless services continues to decline, it has done so at a slower rate for each of the periods presented. While we are optimistic that this
trend will continue in future periods, we believe that demand will continue to decline for the foreseeable future in line with recent and historical trends. As
our  wireless  products  and  services  are  replaced  with  other  competing  technologies,  such  as  the  shift  from  narrowband  wireless  service  offerings  to
broadband technology services, our wireless revenue will continue to decrease.

33

Table of Contents

The following reflects the impact of subscribers and ARPU on the change in wireless revenue:

(Units and Dollars in Thousands)

Units in Service as of December 31,
2019

2020

Change

Revenue for the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2019

2020

Change Due To:

ARPU

Units

Total

885 

938 

(53) $

79,916  $

85,067  $

(5,151) $

(424) $

(4,727)

As demand for one-way and two-way messaging has declined, we have developed or added service offerings such as encrypted paging and Spok Mobile
with  a  pager  number  in  order  to  increase  our  revenue  potential  and  mitigate  the  decline  in  our  wireless  revenue.  We  will  continue  to  explore  ways  to
innovate and provide customers the highest value possible.

Software Revenue

Software revenue consists of two primary components: operations revenue and maintenance revenue. Operations revenue consists primarily of license and
subscription revenues for our healthcare communications solutions, revenue from the sale of equipment that facilitate the use of our software solutions, and
professional  services  revenue  related  to  the  implementation  of  our  solutions.  Maintenance  revenue  is  for  ongoing  support  of  our  software  solutions  or
related equipment (typically for one year).

Operations Revenue

Software operations revenue decreased during 2020 when compared to 2019. The decrease in license revenue is the result of a decrease in bookings as well
as the benefit received in 2019 due to amounts included from software licenses delivered to customers that were contracted for in a prior period. During
2019, the Company began delivering software licenses to customers in the same month they were contracted for, thus a similar benefit was not seen in
2020. Additionally, the delay in our sales cycle due to COVID-19 resulted in delivery of fewer software licenses and equipment products. Service revenue
was  lower,  primarily  resulting  from  the  impact  of  COVID-19  as  social  distancing  and  other  restrictions,  as  well  as  our  customers'  focus  on  COVID-19
mitigation efforts, led to delays in implementation projects, contributing to lower services revenue beginning in March 2020.

Maintenance Revenue

Software  maintenance  revenue  decreased  during  2020  when  compared  to  2019.  The  decrease  in  maintenance  revenue  primarily  relates  to  lower  license
bookings, as discussed above, from which new maintenance revenue is derived, and the timing of certain revenue items reflected in the results for 2019 that
did not occur at the same rate in 2020. Revenue items impacted by timing generally relate to specific renewal contracts that do not have auto-renewal terms
and for which we must negotiate at the end of each term. We are generally precluded from recognizing revenue on these contracts until new terms have
been agreed to even though we generally will continue to provide maintenance service for these customers while negotiations are ongoing. While certain
commercial customers require this type of contract renewal, these contracts are generally limited to government organizations, including federal, state and
local entities. When a renewal of this nature has been contracted, it is often accompanied by several months of "catch-up" revenue from services performed
in past periods resulting in a one-time value that is greater than the normal monthly revenue expected over the life of the remaining term.

As we continue to focus the majority of our development efforts on Spok Go, we anticipate a continued decline in our ability to sell new licenses for the
Care Connect Suite of products. While we have not seen a meaningful increase in our normal customer churn, our ability to replace this churn with new
revenues will not likely replicate what we have accomplished historically nor do we expect to fully offset this with annual increases of our existing base.
Our intent is to replace this churn with the sale of Spok Go as well as transition existing on-premise customers to our cloud based solution over the next
several years. Given these dynamics, we believe annual maintenance revenue is likely to be relatively flat or slightly down as we move forward, especially
as we begin the process of transitioning existing customers to a subscription model.

34

 
 
Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are presented in functional categories. Certain of our functional categories are especially important to overall expense control and
management. These operating expenses are categorized as follows:

• Cost of Revenue. These are expenses primarily for hardware, third-party software, outside service expenses and payroll and related expenses for

our professional services, logistics, customer support and maintenance staff.

•

• Research and Development. These  expenses  relate  primarily  to  the  development  of  new  software  products  and  the  ongoing  maintenance  and
enhancement of existing products. This classification consists primarily of employee payroll and related expenses, outside services related to the
design, development, testing and enhancement of our solutions and to a lesser extent hardware equipment. The research and development costs
exclude any development costs that qualify for capitalization.
Technology Operations. These are expenses associated with the operation of our paging networks. Expenses consist largely of site rent expenses
for  transmitter  locations,  telecommunication  expenses  to  deliver  messages  over  our  paging  networks,  and  payroll  and  related  expenses  for  our
engineering  and  pager  repair  functions.  We  actively  pursue  opportunities  to  consolidate  transmitters  and  other  service,  rental  and  maintenance
expenses  in  order  to  maintain  an  efficient  network  while  simultaneously  ensuring  adequate  service  for  our  customers.  We  believe  continued
reductions  in  these  expenses  will  occur  for  the  foreseeable  future  as  our  networks  continue  to  be  consolidated,  although  the  benefits  of  such
network rationalization efforts and resulting costs savings will continue to decline.
Selling and Marketing. The sales and marketing staff are involved in selling our communication solutions primarily in the United States. These
expenses support our efforts to maintain gross placements of units in service, which mitigated the impact of disconnects on our wireless revenue
base, and to identify business opportunities for additional or future software sales. We have a centralized marketing function, that is focused on
supporting  our  products  and  vertical  sales  efforts  by  strengthening  our  brand,  generating  sales  leads  and  facilitating  the  sales  process.  These
marketing functions are accomplished through targeted email campaigns, webinars, regional and national user conferences, monthly newsletters
and participation at industry trade shows. Expenses consist largely of payroll and related expenses, commissions and other costs such as travel and
advertising costs.

•

• General  and  Administrative.  These  are  expenses  associated  with  information  technology  and  administrative  functions,  including  finance  and
accounting,  human  resources  and  executive  management.  This  classification  consists  primarily  of  payroll  and  related  expenses,  outside  service
expenses, taxes, licenses and permit expenses, and facility rent expenses.

• Depreciation,  Amortization  and  Accretion.  These  are  expenses  that  may  be  associated  with  one  or  more  of  the  aforementioned  functional
categories. This classification generally consists of depreciation from capital expenditures or other assets that are core to our ongoing operations,
amortization of intangible assets, amortization of capitalized software development costs, and accretion of asset retirement obligations.

35

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consisted primarily of the following items:

(Dollars in thousands)

Payroll and related
Cost of sales
Stock-based compensation
Other

Total cost of revenue

FTEs

2020

Change

2019

Change

2018

$

$

20,524  $
5,841 
537 
1,640 
28,542  $

196 

523 
(1,984)
270 
(339)
(1,530)

(6)

2.6 % $

(25.4)%
101.1 %
(17.1)%
(5.1)% $

20,001  $
7,825 
267 
1,979 
30,072  $

(3.0)%

202 

466 
(2,746)
18 
(74)
(2,336)

24 

2.4 % $

(26.0)%
7.2 %
(3.6)%
(7.2)% $

13.5 %

19,535 
10,571 
249 
2,053 
32,408 

178 

Cost of revenue expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to December 31, 2019, primarily due to the decrease in cost of sales,
partially offset by an increase in payroll and related expenses. The decrease in cost of sales is primarily related to lower sales in 2020 as well as significant
project delays as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase in payroll and related expenses is primarily a reflection of full-year costs for a large
number of personnel hired during the fourth quarter of 2019 as well as higher average cost per Full-Time Equivalent ("FTE") employee. This was partially
offset by temporary cost reductions implemented by management beginning in the second quarter of 2020, in an effort to negate the impacts of COVID-19.
These temporary cost reductions are outlined in more detail within our earlier discussion on COVID-19.

Research and Development

Research and development consisted primarily of the following items:

(Dollars in thousands)

Payroll and related
Outside services
Capitalized software development
Stock-based compensation
Other

Total research and development

FTEs

$

$
$

2020

17,381  $
7,858 
(11,252)
965 
876 
15,828  $

121 

Change

2019

Change

2018

(1,659)
432 
(11,252)
655 
109 
(11,715)

(11)

(8.7)% $
5.8 %
— %
211.3 %
14.2 % $
(42.5)% $

19,040  $
7,426 
— 
310 
767 
27,543  $

(8.3)%

132 

1,473 
1,277 
— 
74 
255 
3,079 

11 

8.4 % $

20.8 %
— %
31.4 %
49.8 % $
12.6 % $

9.1 %

17,567 
6,149 
— 
236 
512 
24,464 

121 

Research  and  development  expense  decreased  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  compared  to  2019,  primarily  due  to  the  capitalization  of  certain
development costs related to Spok Go. Refer to Note 1, "Organization and Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 5, "Consolidated Financial Statement
Components" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail. The payroll and related costs decreased primarily as a result of lower
headcount  as  well  as  the  temporary  cost  reductions  implemented  by  management  beginning  in  the  second  quarter  of  2020,  in  an  effort  to  mitigate  the
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. These temporary cost reductions are outlined in more detail within our discussion on the COVID-19 pandemic.

We continue to focus on the development efforts of our software solutions and intend to maintain these efforts based on their importance to our continued
success. However, increases in development costs have grown at a slower pace when compared to prior years. Excluding the effects of capitalization, these
costs  will  continue  to  substantially  impact  margins  and  our  cash  flow  from  operations.  The  benefits  from  our  development  efforts  are  contingent  upon
successful adoption of Spok Go in the marketplace, which we expect to gradually take place over the next several years.

36

Table of Contents

Technology Operations

Technology operations consisted primarily of the following items:

(Dollars in thousands)

Payroll and related
Site rent
Telecommunications
Stock-based compensation
Other

Total technology operations

FTEs

2020

Change

2019

Change

2018

$

$

9,637  $

13,578 
3,768 
190 
2,670 
29,843  $

88 

(1,151)
(137)
(290)
67 
(74)
(1,585)

(4)

(10.7)% $
(1.0)%
(7.1)%
54.5 %
(2.7)%
(5.0)% $

(4.3)%

10,788  $
13,715 
4,058 
123 
2,744 
31,428  $

92 

(4)
(233)
253 
28 
28 
72 

— 

— % $

(1.7)%
6.6 %
29.5 %
1.0 %
0.2 % $

— %

10,792 
13,948 
3,805 
95 
2,716 
31,356 

92 

Technology operations expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily due to the decrease in payroll and related
and  other  minor  expenses.  The  payroll  and  related  costs  decreased  primarily  as  a  result  of  lower  headcount  as  well  as  temporary  cost  reductions
implemented by management beginning in the second quarter of 2020, in an effort to mitigate the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. These temporary
cost reductions are outlined in more detail within our discussion on the COVID-19 pandemic above.

The number of active transmitters declined 5.1% from December 31, 2019, to December 31, 2020. The number of active transmitters directly relates to the
amount of site rent expenses we generally incur on a recurring basis. As we reach certain minimum frequency commitments, as outlined by the FCC, we
may be unable to continue our efforts to rationalize and consolidate our networks.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing consisted primarily of the following items:
(Dollars in thousands)

2020

Change

2019

Change

2018

Payroll and related
Commissions
Stock-based compensation
Advertising and events
Other

Total selling and marketing

FTEs

$

$

11,806  $
4,301 
767 
1,634 
959 
19,467  $

98 

(1,702)
(693)
177 
(1,692)
207 
(3,703)

(7)

(12.6)% $
(13.9)%
30.0 %
(50.9)%
27.5 %
(16.0)% $

13,508  $
4,994 
590 
3,326 
752 
23,170  $

(6.7)%

105 

456 
(1,158)
87 
(921)
153 
(1,383)

8 

3.5 % $

(18.8)%
17.3 %
(21.7)%
25.5 %
(5.6)% $

8.2 %

13,052 
6,152 
503 
4,247 
599 
24,553 

97 

Selling and marketing expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily due to the decrease in payroll and related,
commissions and advertising and events. The payroll and related expenses decreased primarily as a result of lower headcount as well as temporary cost
reductions implemented by management beginning in the second quarter of 2020, in an effort to mitigate the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. These
temporary  cost  reductions  are  outlined  in  more  detail  within  our  discussion  on  the  COVID-19  pandemic  above.  The  decrease  in  commissions  expense
primarily relates to a corresponding decrease in revenue. The decrease in advertising and events expenses was largely the result of restrictions on travel and
trade events due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

37

Table of Contents

General and Administrative

General and administrative consisted primarily of the following items:

(Dollars in thousands)

2020

Change

2019

Change

2018

Payroll and related
Stock-based compensation
Facility rent, office, and technology costs
Outside services
Taxes, licenses and permits
Bad debt
Other

Total general and administrative

FTEs

$

$

14,338  $
3,049 
9,016 
7,811 
3,141 
1,051 
4,696 
43,102  $

99 

(2,034)
696 
(83)
(626)
(531)
382 
(489)
(2,685)

(8)

(12.4)% $
29.6 %
(0.9)%
(7.4)%
(14.5)%
57.1 %
(9.4)%
(5.9)% $

16,372  $
2,353 
9,099 
8,437 
3,672 
669 
5,185 
45,787  $

(7.5)%

107 

(1,305)
(1,518)
(862)
646 
377 
(955)
307 
(3,310)

(1)

(7.4)% $
(39.2)%
(8.7)%
8.3 %
11.4 %
(58.8)%
6.3 %
(6.7)% $

(0.9)%

17,677 
3,871 
9,961 
7,791 
3,295 
1,624 
4,878 
49,097 

108 

General and administrative expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily due to a decrease in payroll and related
expenses, outside services and various other expenses, which were largely offset by increases in stock-based compensation and bad debt expense. Payroll
and related expenses decreased primarily as a result of lower headcount as well as temporary cost reductions implemented by management beginning in the
second quarter of 2020, in an effort to mitigate the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. These temporary cost reductions are outlined in more detail within
our earlier discussion on the COVID-19 pandemic above. Outside service expenses declined primarily as a result of lower recruiting and hiring costs. The
increase in bad debt expense was partly due to our adoption of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-13, as we now carry an allowance for
current unbilled receivables which was not included in 2019. The increase in stock-based compensation for the year was largely due to forfeitures related to
the resignation of a named executive officer ("NEO") in 2019, as well as an expense related to the alternative deferred stock units ("DSU") plan available to
our Board of Directors. Refer to Note 8, "Stockholder Equity" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail related to the alternative
DSU plan.

Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion

For the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019, depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses decreased by $0.2 million.
Depreciation  expenses  decreased  by  $1.3  million  for  the  year,  however  this  was  largely  offset  by  $1.1  million  in  amortization  of  capitalized  software
development costs.

Goodwill Impairment

For the years ended December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, we recognized non-cash, pre-tax goodwill impairment charges of $25.0 million and $8.8
million,  respectively,  resulting  from  the  Company's  annual  goodwill  impairment  testing  performed  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year.  Despite  these
impairment charges, our outlook for the business continues to remain strong. We believe the launch of Spok Go is set to meet a significant need in the
healthcare marketplace and will create significant value for shareholders in the coming years. Refer to Note 1, "Organization and Significant Accounting
Policies," and Note 6, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Interest Income, Other Income (Expense), and Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

Interest Income

Interest income decreased by $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily due to a decrease in interest earned on the
Company's cash balances and short-term investments. This was driven by lower interest rates during the year, as the COVID-19 pandemic weighed on the
U.S. economy.

Other Income (Expense)

For the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, other income (expense) decreased by $0.5 million, largely as a result of a decrease in gains on
foreign currency.

38

Table of Contents

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

The  effects  of  foreign  taxes  are  immaterial  for  all  periods  presented.  The  following  provides  the  effective  tax  rate  reconciliation  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively (See Note 9, "Income Taxes" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on
our income taxes):

(Dollars in thousands)

Loss before income taxes

Income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Goodwill impairment
Change in valuation allowance
Research and development and other tax credits
Excess executive compensation
Other

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

$

$

$

(21,770)

(4,572)
(703)
6,341 
22,108 
(1,316)
266 
331 
22,455 

2020

2019

2018

$

(13,423)

$

(2,185)

21.0 % $
3.2 %
(29.1)%
(101.6)%
6.0 %
(1.2)%
(1.5)%
(103.1)% $

(2,819)
(567)
2,243 
— 
(1,790)
322 
(47)
(2,658)

21.0 % $
4.2 %
(16.7)%
— %
13.3 %
(2.4)%
0.4 %
19.8 % $

(459)
306 
— 
— 
(1,144)
281 
310 
(706)

21.0 %
(14.0)%
— %
— %
52.4 %
(12.9)%
(14.2)%
32.3 %

Provision for income taxes increased by $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019 due primarily to an
increase in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $22.1 million and the goodwill impairment. Our investment in research and development qualifies
for the research and development income tax credit under Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code. Unused research and development tax credits have a
20-year carryover and will provide future tax benefits once Spok’s net operating losses are fully utilized.

We assess the recoverability of our deferred income tax assets, which represent the tax benefits of future tax deductions, based on available positive and
negative evidence, and by considering the adequacy of future taxable income from all sources, including prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. This
assessment is required to determine whether, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not" (meaning a probability of greater than 50%) that all
or some portion of our deferred income tax assets will be realized in future periods.

The  cumulative  loss  incurred  by  the  Company  over  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2020  constitutes  a  piece  of  objective  negative  evidence
which  limits  our  ability  to  consider  other  subjective  evidence.  In  addition,  the  uncertainty  created  by  COVID-19  has  significantly  limited  our  ability  to
consider  our  projections  for  future  profitability  and  growth  in  our  assessment  of  the  recoverability  of  our  deferred  income  tax  assets.  Based  on  this
evaluation, completed utilizing our annual long-range planning and forecasting updates that are traditionally completed in the fourth quarter of each year,
we recorded a valuation allowance of $22.1 million, as of December 31, 2020, to reduce net deferred income tax assets as their realization did not meet the
more-likely-than-not  criterion.  COVID-19  has  significantly  limited  our  ability  to  consider  projections  for  future  profitability  as  objectively  verifiable
positive evidence to support the realizability of deferred tax assets, as the projections rely on subjective estimates and assumptions regarding the market
launch of our SaaS product, Spok Go. As a result, a valuation allowance was established against deferred tax assets associated with net operating losses and
credits with set expiration dates.

Those  deferred  income  tax  assets  which  are  not  currently  covered  by  a  valuation  allowance  are  those  that  are  indefinite-lived,  or  whose  temporary
differences would reverse in the future and may result in the creation of an indefinite-lived deferred income tax asset, which we consider to be realized
through future taxable income despite near term uncertainties. The amount of deferred income tax assets considered realizable, however, could be adjusted
in the future if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present, additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as
our projections for future profitability and growth, or other relevant factors arise. We did not record a valuation allowance during 2019.

Despite the need for a valuation allowance based on accounting guidance, our outlook for the business continues to remain strong. While we are limited in
using only our projected future profitability and growth in assessing the recoverability of our deferred income tax assets based on Accounting Standards
Codification ("ASC") 740, "Income Taxes," we are committed to generating taxable income and utilizing our deferred income tax assets prior to expiration.
Refer to Note 1, "Organization and Significant Accounting Policies," and Note 9, "Income Taxes," for further discussion.

39

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and Cash Equivalents

At December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $48.7 million. The available cash and cash equivalents consist of invested cash and cash in our
operating  accounts.  The  invested  cash  is  invested  in  interest-bearing  funds  managed  by  third-party  financial  institutions.  These  funds  invest  in  direct
obligations  of  the  government  of  the  United  States.  To  date,  we  have  experienced  no  loss  or  lack  of  access  to  our  invested  cash  or  cash  equivalents;
however, we can provide no assurance that access to our invested cash and cash equivalents will not be impacted by adverse market conditions.

We  maintain  a  level  of  liquidity  sufficient  to  allow  us  to  meet  our  cash  needs  in  both  the  short-term  and  long-term.  At  any  point  in  time,  we  maintain
approximately $7.0 to $15.0 million in our operating accounts that are with third-party financial institutions. While we monitor daily the cash balances in
our operating accounts and adjust the cash balances as appropriate, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or are
subject to other adverse conditions in the financial markets. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in our operating accounts.

We intend to use our cash on hand to provide working capital, to support operations, to invest in our business and to return value to stockholders through
cash  dividends  and  possible  repurchases  of  our  common  stock.  We  may  also  consider  using  cash  to  fund  or  complete  opportunistic  investments  and
acquisitions that we believe will provide a measure of growth or revenue stability while supporting our existing operations. Because we intend to continue
investing  heavily  in  the  development  of  Spok  Go  over  the  next  several  years,  commensurate  with  declining  revenues  from  our  wireless  business,  we
anticipate that our cash on hand will decrease significantly during that period and possibly longer until revenue from Spok Go begins to be realized.

Cash Flows Overview

In the event that net cash provided by operating activities and cash on hand are not sufficient to meet future cash requirements, we may be required to
reduce planned capital expenses, reduce or eliminate our cash dividends to stockholders, not resume our common stock repurchase program, sell assets or
seek  additional  financing.  We  can  provide  no  assurance  that  reductions  in  planned  capital  expenses  or  proceeds  from  asset  sales  would  be  sufficient  to
cover shortfalls in available cash or that additional financing would be available on acceptable terms.

Based on current and anticipated levels of operations, we anticipate net cash provided by operating activities, together with the available cash on hand at
December 31, 2020, should be adequate to meet anticipated cash requirements for the foreseeable future.

The following table sets forth information on our net cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the periods stated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

$

26,163  $
(14,571)
(10,373)

11,693  $
(30,222)
(17,153)

10,315 
(5,826)
(24,276)

As discussed above, we are dependent on cash flows from operating activities to meet our cash requirements. Cash from operations varies depending on
changes  in  various  working  capital  items,  including  deferred  revenues,  accounts  payable,  accounts  receivable,  prepaid  expenses  and  various  accrued
expenses.

Cash provided by operating activities in 2020 was $26.2 million, due primarily to non-cash items such as goodwill impairment of $25 million, valuation
allowance of $22.1 million, depreciation, amortization and accretion of $9.1 million, stock-based compensation of $5.5 million, and other non-cash items
of  $1.7  million,  partially  offset  by  the  2020  net  loss  of  $44.2  million.  Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  also  increased  resulting  from  changes  in
accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other of $4.0 million, deferred revenue of $3.2 million and prepaid and other assets of $1.4 million, partially offset
by a change in accounts receivable of $1.6 million.

40

 
Table of Contents

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  in  2019  was  $11.7  million,  due  primarily  to  non-cash  items  such  as  goodwill  impairment  of  $8.8  million,
depreciation,  amortization  and  accretion  of  $9.2  million,  stock-based  compensation  of  $3.6  million,  and  other  non-cash  items  of  $0.7  million,  partially
offset by the 2019 net loss of $10.8 million and deferred income benefit of $3.2 million. Cash provided by operating activities also increased resulting from
changes in prepaid expenses and other assets of $2.9 million and accounts receivable of $1.0 million and deferred revenue of $0.1 million, partially offset
by a change in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other of $0.6 million.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities in 2020 and 2019, was $14.6 million and $30.2 million, respectively, due primarily to the purchase and maturity of U.S.
treasury securities, and capital expenditures. Additionally, in 2020 we began capitalizing certain software development costs.

Cash Used in Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities was $10.4 million and $17.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively, primarily due to cash
distributions to stockholders of $9.8 million in 2020 and in 2019 and the repurchase of common stock of $6.6 million in 2019.

On  February  17,  2021,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  regular  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.125  per  share  of  common  stock,  with  a  record  date  of
March 16, 2021, and a payment date of March 30, 2021. This cash dividend of approximately $2.4 million is expected to be paid from available cash on
hand.

Commitments and Contingencies

The following table provides the Company's significant commitments and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020:

(Dollars in thousands)

Operating lease obligations
Unconditional purchase obligations
Total contractual obligations

Total

Less than 1 year

Payments Due by Period
1 to 3 years

3 to 5 years

More than 5 years

$

$

19,757 
6,488 
26,245  $

6,844 $
2,322
9,166  $

8,334  $
3,106 
11,440  $

3,109  $
1,060 
4,169  $

1,470 
— 
1,470 

Our  contractual  payment  obligations  for  operating  leases  apply  to  leases  for  office  space  and  transmitter  locations.  Purchase  obligations  are  defined  as
agreements  to  purchase  goods  or  services  that  are  enforceable,  legally  binding,  non-cancelable,  have  a  remaining  term  in  excess  of  one  year  and  that
specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable pricing provisions; and the approximate
timing of transactions. The amounts of such obligations are based on our contractual commitments, however, it is possible that we may be able to negotiate
lower payments if we choose to exit these contracts before their expiration date.

Refer  to  Note  10,  "Commitments  and  Contingencies,"  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  statements  for  further  discussion  of  commitments  and
contingencies.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special
purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited
purposes. As such, we are not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

Related Parties

Refer to Note 12, "Related Parties" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on our related party transactions.

41

 
Table of Contents

Inflation

Inflation has not had a material effect on our operations to date. System equipment and operating costs have not significantly increased in price, and the
price  of  wireless  messaging  devices  has  tended  to  decline  in  recent  years.  Our  general  operating  expenses,  such  as  salaries,  site  rent  for  transmitter
locations, employee benefits and occupancy costs, are subject to normal inflationary pressures.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. As disclosed in Note 1, the preparation of
financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  about  future
events that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
We  believe  that  the  following  discussion  addresses  the  Company’s  most  critical  accounting  policies,  which  are  those  that  are  most  important  to  the
portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments.

Revenue Recognition

The majority of our revenues are derived from short-term contracts related to the sale of wireless paging services and software solutions. Our arrangements
exist primarily with customers in the healthcare market and to a lesser extent state and federal governments, as well as large enterprise businesses.

Under  the  typical  payment  terms  of  our  software  contracts,  customers  will  normally  pay  a  material  amount  of  the  contract  price  immediately  upon
execution of the contract. The remaining payments are required when the product is delivered, when services begin and, to a lesser extent, when services
are completed. For SaaS contracts, the subscription and premium support services are generally billed annually in advance while professional services are
billed  at  various  milestones  which  reflect  work  completed.  Wireless  services  are  generally  billed  as  incurred  on  a  monthly  basis.  Our  contracts  will
generally result in billings in excess of revenue recognized, which we present as deferred revenues on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, primarily due to
the receipt of payment in advance of the product or services we provide. Amounts billed and due from our customers are classified as accounts receivable
on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At times, we may have contracts which require us to perform work or provide products prior to billing which will
generally  result  in  revenue  recognized  in  excess  of  billings.  This  excess  is  presented  as  unbilled  receivables  in  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements. We generally do not have transactions that include a significant financing component (whether payments are made in advance or in arrears) as
our  contracts  typically  take  less  than  12  months  to  complete  once  started.  We  would  not  adjust  the  total  consideration  for  the  effects  of  a  significant
financing component if we anticipate, at contract inception, that the period between when we transfer a promised good or service to a customer and when
the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

We  account  for  a  contract  when:  (1)  both  parties  have  approved  the  contract  through  mutually  signed  agreements  or  through  other  methods  such  as
purchase  orders  or  master  agreements;  (2)  the  rights  of  the  parties  have  been  identified;  (3)  payment  terms  have  been  identified;  (4)  the  contract  has
commercial  substance;  and  (5)  collectability  of  consideration  is  probable.  We  also  evaluate  whether  two  or  more  contracts  should  be  combined  and
accounted for as a single contract. In our evaluation, we consider criteria such as, but not limited to, whether: (1) the contracts are negotiated as a package
with a single commercial objective; (2) the amount of consideration to be paid in one contract is dependent on the price or performance of another contract;
and (3) some or all of the goods or services promised in the contracts are a single performance obligation. Should we consider contracts related, we would
account for those contracts as if they were a single contract. Evaluating whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single
contract requires significant judgment. In the aggregate, a decision to combine a group of contracts could significantly impact the amount of revenue and
profit recorded in a given period.

We  review  each  contract  to  determine  whether  to  account  for  the  various  promises  as  one  or  more  performance  obligations.  The  assessment  and
determination of performance obligations for a given contract requires significant judgment. Wireless service contracts are generally considered to be a
single promise and therefore accounted for as a single performance obligation. Contracts which include goods or services related to our software solutions
and  subscriptions  are  generally  sold  with  multiple  promises  and  therefore  will  often  include  multiple  performance  obligations.  Material  performance
obligations related to the sale of our software solutions include software licenses, professional services, hardware and maintenance. Material performance
obligations related to the sale of our SaaS platform include a SaaS subscription, professional services, and signature support services.

More often than not, total consideration will equate to the stated value on the contract taking into consideration any period or term over which services are
to  be  provided,  if  applicable.  However,  we  could  have  contracts  in  which  variable  consideration  is  present.  It  is  common  for  our  contracts  that  include
wireless services to contain customer penalties if rental pagers are not returned and fees for usage of services in excess of the contractually allotted amount
for a given period. It is also common for our contracts that include professional services to include travel-related costs. These are costs which we incur in
the normal course of delivering professional services and are generally billable to the customer based on our incurred expenses. These elements of variable
consideration are fully

42

Table of Contents

constrained when an agreement is initially executed and are generally not considered estimable until the penalties, fees or costs have been incurred or are
otherwise  known.  We  include  estimated  amounts  in  the  transaction  price  to  the  extent  it  is  probable  that  a  significant  reversal  of  cumulative  revenue
recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Estimating variable consideration requires significant
judgment and our assessment includes all relevant information that is reasonably available to us including historical, current and forecasted information.
We have elected to exclude from revenue all amounts collected on behalf of third parties, and therefore, items such as sales and use tax are excluded from
our calculation of the total transaction price.

If a contract is separated into more than one performance obligation we allocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation proportionately
based on the estimated relative standalone selling price ("SSP") of the promised goods or services underlying each performance obligation. We rarely sell
goods or services as readily observable standalone sales, however, if we do, the observable standalone sales are used to determine the SSP. In most cases,
we must estimate the relative SSP which requires significant judgment and estimates. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, we determine the
SSP using information that may include contractually stated prices, market conditions, costs, renewal contracts, list prices and other observable inputs. A
discount is present if the total transaction price is less than the sum of the estimated SSPs of the goods or services promised in the contract. Discounts are
generally allocated proportionately based on the relative SSP of the identified performance obligations for a given contract.

Our  wireless,  professional,  maintenance,  and  subscription  services  are  generally  recognized  over  time  due  to  a  customer's  simultaneous  receipt  and
consumption  of  the  benefit  as  we  perform  the  work.  As  we  transfer  control  over  time,  we  recognize  revenue  based  on  the  extent  of  progress  towards
completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires significant judgment and is based
on the nature of the products or services to be provided. Generally, we use the time-elapsed measure of progress for performance obligations that include
wireless, maintenance, or subscription services. We believe this method best depicts the simultaneous transfer and consumption of the benefit based on our
performance as these services are generally considered standby services. For professional services, we leverage an input methodology based on the number
of  hours  worked  on  a  project  versus  the  total  expected  hours  necessary  to  complete  the  project.  Revenues  are  recognized  proportionally  as  hours  are
incurred. This is a significant area of judgment as it requires an estimate at completion ("EAC") for each contract. Our initial EAC is primarily based on
prior  experience  also  taking  into  consideration  any  specific  facts  and  circumstances  for  a  given  contract.  As  projects  progress,  the  EAC  is  periodically
updated  and  reviewed  to  ensure  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  is  appropriate.  The  creation,  maintenance  and  review  of  a  project's  EAC  requires
significant judgment to determine an appropriate number of hours over which the remaining project is expected to be completed.

Our software licenses and hardware are generally recognized at a point in time when we have transferred control to the customer. For software licenses,
revenue is not recognized until the related license(s) has been made available to the customer and the customer can begin to benefit from its right to use the
license(s). Our software licenses represent a right to use Spok’s Intellectual Property ("IP") as it exists at a point in time at which the license is granted.
Many of our software licenses have significant standalone functionality due to their ability to process a transaction or perform a function or task, and we do
not  need  to  maintain  those  products,  once  provided  to  the  customer,  for  value  to  exist.  While  the  functionality  of  IP  that  we  license  may  substantively
change  during  the  license  period,  customers  are  not  contractually  or  practically  required  to  update  their  license  as  a  result  of  those  changes.  In  most
contracts transfer of control for software licenses occurs in a short period of time after a contract has been executed and licenses are made electronically
available.

Contracts may be modified to account for changes in a project's scope or other customer requirements. Most of our contract modifications are for goods or
services that are distinct from the existing contract. In these instances, the contract modification would either be recognized as an entirely new and separate
contract or the modification would be treated as if it were a termination of the existing contract and the creation of a new contract including all undelivered
goods and services under the previous contract. Revenue would be recognized on a prospective basis and a cumulative catch-up would not be recognized.

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and income tax returns in state, local and foreign jurisdictions as required. The provision for current
income taxes is calculated and accrued on income and expenses expected to be included in current year U.S. and foreign income tax returns. The provision
for current income taxes may also include interest, penalties and an estimated amount reflecting uncertain tax positions.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the financial statement values and the tax bases of assets
and liabilities including net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards at the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income when taxes are actually
paid or recovered. Changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities are included as a component of deferred income tax expense. Deferred income tax
assets represent amounts available to reduce future income taxes payable. We assess the recoverability of our deferred income tax assets, which represent
the tax benefits of future tax deductions,

43

Table of Contents

based  on  available  positive  and  negative  evidence  and  by  considering  the  adequacy  of  future  taxable  income  from  all  sources,  including  prudent  and
feasible tax planning strategies. This assessment is required to determine whether, based on all available evidence, it is "more likely than not" (meaning a
probability  of  greater  than  50%)  that  all  or  some  portion  of  our  deferred  income  tax  assets  will  be  realized  in  future  periods.  We  provide  a  valuation
allowance when we consider it "more likely than not" that a deferred income tax asset will not be fully recovered. The assessment of our deferred income
tax assets requires significant judgment.

Assets and liabilities are established for uncertain tax positions taken or positions expected to be taken in income tax returns when such positions fail to
meet the "more likely than not" threshold based on the technical merits of the positions. We assess whether previously unrecognized tax benefits may be
recognized when the tax position is (1) more likely than not of being sustained based on its technical merits, (2) effectively settled through examination,
negotiation or litigation, or (3) settled through actual expiration of the relevant tax statutes. The assessment of an uncertain tax position requires significant
judgment. We had no uncertain tax positions for the periods ended December 31, 2020, and 2019 (see Note 9, "Income Taxes," for additional details).

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization and Goodwill

We are required to evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived assets, amortizable intangible assets and goodwill. Amortizable intangible assets include
customer-related  intangibles  that  resulted  from  previous  acquisitions.  Such  intangibles  are  amortized  over  periods  up  to  ten  years.  Quarterly,  we  assess
whether  circumstances  exist  which  suggest  that  the  carrying  value  of  long-lived  and  amortizable  intangible  assets  may  not  be  recoverable.  When
applicable,  we  assess  the  recoverability  of  the  carrying  value  of  our  long-lived  assets  and  certain  amortizable  intangible  assets  based  on  estimated
undiscounted cash flows generated from such assets. In assessing the recoverability of these assets, we forecast estimated enterprise-level cash flows based
on various operating assumptions such as revenue forecasted by product line and in-process research and development cost. If the forecast of undiscounted
cash  flows  does  not  exceed  the  carrying  value  of  the  long-lived  and  amortizable  intangible  assets,  we  record  an  impairment  charge  to  the  extent  the
carrying value exceeded the fair value of such assets.

Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment at least annually, or when events or circumstances suggest a potential impairment has occurred.
We  generally  perform  this  annual  impairment  test  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year.  We  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  between  annual  tests  if
indicators of impairment exist. The impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. An impairment charge is
recognized for the amount that the carrying value exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. For purposes of the goodwill impairment evaluation, the Company
as  a  whole  is  considered  the  reporting  unit.  The  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  estimated  under  a  market-based  approach  using  the  fair  value  of  the
Company's  common  stock.  The  estimated  fair  value  requires  significant  judgments,  including  timing  and  appropriateness  of  the  price  of  common  stock
used (e.g. point-in-time application, simple moving average, exponential moving average), as well as application of an estimated control premium. The
estimated control premium is based on a review of current and past market information published by a third-party resource, assessment of the Company's
future projected discounted cash flows and other relevant information if available.

Based on our assessment during the fourth quarter of 2020, the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of the reporting unit and, therefore, an
impairment existed. For additional details refer to Note 6, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net."

We did not record any impairment of long-lived assets or definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Refer to Note 2,  "Recent  and  Pending  Accounting  Standards"  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  a  summary  of  recent  and  pending
accounting standards.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

At December 31, 2020, we had no outstanding borrowings or associated debt service requirements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We conduct a limited amount of business outside the United States. The financial impact of transactions billed in foreign currencies is immaterial to our
financial results and, consequently, we do not have any material exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

44

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements are included in this Report beginning on Page F-1.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

45

Page

F- 2
F- 5
F- 5

F- 6
F- 7
F- 8
F- 9
F- 28
F- 29

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There are no reportable events.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management carried out an evaluation, as required by Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), with
the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of
the  end  of  our  last  fiscal  year.  Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  defined  under  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act  as  controls  and  other
procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and
communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions,
as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  Based  upon  this  evaluation,  our  principal  executive  officer  and  our  principal
financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  defined  in  the  Exchange  Act
Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the 2013
Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO").

Such internal controls include those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
Company;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP,
and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and members of the Board of Directors
of the Company; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based  on  our  evaluation  under  the  2013  Internal Control — Integrated Framework,  our  management  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2020,  has  been  audited  by  Grant  Thornton  LLP,  an  independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which appears in this 2020 Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes made in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2020, that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

46

Table of Contents

PART III

Certain information called for by Items 10 through 14 is incorporated by reference from Spok’s definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2021.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The  following  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  Spok’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2021  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders:

•
•
•

•

Information regarding directors is set forth under the caption "Election of Directors";
Information regarding executive officers is set forth under the caption "Executive Officers";
Information regarding our audit committee and designated "audit committee financial expert" is set forth under the caption "Committees of the
Board of Directors"; and
If applicable, information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is set forth under the caption "Delinquent Section 16(a)
Reports."

We also make available on our website, and in print, if any stockholder or other person so requests, our code of business conduct and ethics entitled "Code
of Ethics" which is applicable to all employees and directors, our "Corporate Governance Guidelines," and the charters for all committees of our Board of
Directors, including Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Governance. Any changes to our Code of Ethics or waiver, if any, of our Code of Ethics for
executive officers or directors will be posted on that website.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section of Spok’s definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders entitled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis."

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section of Spok’s definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item with respect to certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated by reference from the section of Spok’s
definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled "Related Person Transactions and Code of Conduct." The information
required by this item with respect to director independence is incorporated by reference from the section of Spok’s definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021
Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled "Board of Directors and Governance Matters."

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section of Spok’s definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders entitled "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees."

47

Table of Contents

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

(a) 1. Financial Statements

PART IV

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

2. Financial Statement Schedules

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(b) Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits, that follows the Signatures page, are filed as part of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

48

Page

F- 2
F- 5
F- 5
F- 6
F- 7
F- 8
F- 9
F- 28

Page

F- 29

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on our
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

By:

Spok Holdings, Inc.

/s/ Vincent D. Kelly
Vincent D. Kelly
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 18, 2021

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Vincent D. Kelly
Vincent D. Kelly

/s/ Michael W. Wallace
Michael W. Wallace

/s/ Calvin C. Rice
Calvin C. Rice

/s/ Royce Yudkoff
Royce Yudkoff

/s/ N. Blair Butterfield
N. Blair Butterfield

/s/ Stacia A. Hylton
Stacia A. Hylton

/s/ Brian O’Reilly
Brian O’Reilly

/s/ Matthew Oristano
Matthew Oristano

/s/ Todd Stein
Todd Stein

/s/ Dr. Bobbie Byrne
Dr. Bobbie Byrne

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

February 18, 2021

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

February 18, 2021

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer) February 18, 2021

Chairman of the Board

February 18, 2021

February 18, 2021

February 18, 2021

February 18, 2021

February 18, 2021

February 18, 2021

February 18, 2021

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

49

Table of Contents

/s/Christine M. Cournoyer
Christine M. Cournoyer

/s/Brett Shockley
Brett Shockley

Director

Director

50

February 18, 2021

February 18, 2021

Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Page

F- 2
F- 5
F- 5
F- 6
F- 7
F- 8
F- 9
F- 28
F- 29

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spok Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Spok Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2020,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement  schedule  included  under  Item  15(a)  (collectively
referred  to  as  the  “financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the
Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 18, 2021 expressed an unqualified
opinion.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matters

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or
required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical
audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill Impairment

As described further in Note 6 to the financial statements, for purposes of the goodwill impairment assessment, the Company as a whole is considered the
reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated under a market-based approach using the fair value of the Company's common stock plus the
application of an estimated control premium. Goodwill is assessed for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist.
We identified the evaluation of goodwill impairment as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that the evaluation of goodwill impairment is a critical audit matter is that there is significant judgement
required in estimating the control premium applied to determine fair value of the Company’s reporting unit. Changes in the estimates and judgments could
have a significant impact on the fair value of the Company and the resulting amount of any goodwill impairment. Auditing management’s estimates and
judgments regarding the Company’s estimated control premium involved a high degree of auditor subjectivity and required an increased extent of effort
when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates and assumptions, including the need to involve a valuation
specialist.

F-2

Table of Contents

Our audit procedures related to goodwill impairment included the following, among others.

• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of key controls related to goodwill impairment.
• We obtained and tested the Company’s key inputs and assumptions used by management to estimate the Company’s control premium, including

projected financial information used by management to quantify and corroborate the selected control premium.

• With the assistance of our valuation specialists, we evaluated the Company’s applied control premium based on guideline public companies for the
reporting  unit  by  performing  shadow  calculations  of  income-based  valuation  models  used  by  management  to  corroborate  their  selected  control
premium,  through  developing  independent  estimates  of  discount  rates  and  other  inputs,  and  testing  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  valuation
models.

Realizability of Deferred Tax Assets and Valuation Allowance Assessment

As  described  further  in  Note  9  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  assesses  the  realizability  of  deferred  income  tax  assets,  which
represent the tax benefits of future tax deductions, based on available positive and negative evidence and by considering the adequacy of future taxable
income from all sources, including prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The Company assesses the need for a valuation allowance by evaluating
both  positive  and  negative  evidence  that  may  exist.  We  identified  the  realizability  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  the  assessment  of  the  need  for  a  valuation
allowance as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that the realizability of deferred tax assets is a critical audit matter is that the forecast of future taxable
income is an accounting estimate subject to a high level of estimation uncertainty. There is inherent uncertainty and subjectivity related to management’s
judgments and assumptions regarding the Company’s future taxable income, which are complex in nature and require significant auditor judgment.

Our audit procedures related to the realizability of deferred tax assets and valuation allowance assessment included the following, among others.

• We  tested  the  effectiveness  of  controls  over  management’s  estimates  of  the  realization  of  the  deferred  tax  assets,  including  those  over
management’s long-range forecasts, which was the basis for the forecast of future taxable income, and the determination of whether it is more
likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized prior to expiration.

• With  the  assistance  of  our  income  tax  specialists,  we  evaluated  the  reasonableness  of  the  methods,  assumptions,  and  judgments  used  by

management to assess available positive and negative evidence and determine whether a valuation allowance was necessary.

• With the assistance of our income tax specialists, we evaluated the nature of each of the deferred tax assets, including their expiration dates and

their projected utilization when compared to projections of future taxable income.

• We evaluated management’s ability to accurately estimate projected future taxable income by comparing actual results to management’s historical
estimates  and  evaluating  whether  there  have  been  any  changes  that  would  affect  management’s  ability  to  accurately  estimate  future  taxable
income.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2006.

Arlington, Virginia
February 18, 2021

F-3

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spok Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We  have  audited  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  Spok  Holdings,  Inc.  (a  Delaware  corporation)  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of
December  31,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  the  2013  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control‑Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated
financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, and our report dated February 18, 2021 expressed an unqualified
opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Arlington, Virginia
February 18, 2021

F-4

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

December 31,

2020

2019

Table of Contents

 (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets:

Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Capitalized software development, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Deferred income tax assets, net
Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

$

$

$

$

$

48,729  $
29,995 
29,934 
8,958 
1,269 
118,885 

7,815 
14,016 
10,179 
99,175 
417 
25,826 
978 
158,406 
277,291  $

6,685  $

14,103 
27,686 
5,264 
3,702 
57,440 

7,289 
9,456 
2,493 
19,238 
76,678 

—  $

2 
91,780 
(1,452)
110,283 
200,613 
277,291  $

47,361 
29,899 
30,174 
7,517 
2,714 
117,665 

8,000 
16,317 
— 
124,182 
2,917 
48,983 
1,808 
202,207 
319,872 

3,615 
11,680 
25,944 
5,437 
4,507 
51,183 

6,061 
11,575 
959 
18,595 
69,778 

— 

2 
86,874 
(1,601)
164,819 
250,094 
319,872 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and benefits
Deferred revenue
Operating lease liabilities
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities:

Asset retirement obligations
Operating lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities
TOTAL LIABILITIES

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred stock—$0.0001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or
outstanding
Common stock—$0.0001 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized; 19,384,192 and 19,071,614
shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

 
 (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

2020

Revenue:

Wireless
Software

Total revenue

Operating expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of items shown separately below)
Research and development
Technology operations
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
Goodwill impairment

Total operating expenses

Operating loss
Interest income
Other income (expense)
Loss before income taxes

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

Net loss

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

Cash dividends declared per common share

$

$

$

$

83,593  $
64,587 
148,180 

28,542 
15,828 
29,843 
19,467 
43,102 
9,056 
25,007 
170,845 
(22,665)
687 
208 
(21,770)
(22,455)
(44,225) $

(2.32) $

88,167  $
72,122 
160,289 

30,072 
27,543 
31,428 
23,170 
45,787 
9,249 
8,849 
176,098 
(15,809)
1,651 
735 
(13,423)
2,658 
(10,765) $

(0.56) $

94,277 
75,197 
169,474 

32,408 
24,464 
31,356 
24,553 
49,097 
10,769 
— 
172,647 
(3,173)
1,638 
(650)
(2,185)
706 
(1,479)

(0.08)

19,028,918 

19,089,402 

19,667,891 

0.50  $

0.50  $

0.50 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
Table of Contents

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Dollars in thousands)

Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments

Other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive loss

$

$

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

(44,225) $

(10,765) $

149 
149 
(44,076) $

(300)
(300)
(11,065) $

(1,479)

(49)
(49)
(1,528)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
Table of Contents

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Outstanding
Common
Shares

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-In
Capital and
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss

Retained
Earnings

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

Balance, January 1, 2018

Net loss
Adjustment to beginning balance due to adoption of
ASC 606 and related tax impact
Issuance of common stock under the Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
Issuance of common stock for vested restricted stock
units under the 2012 Equity Plan
Purchase of common stock for tax withholding
Amortization of stock-based compensation

Cash dividends declared
Common stock repurchase program including
commissions
Issuance of restricted stock under the 2012 Equity
Plan
Cumulative translation adjustment

20,135,514  $

2  $

— 

— 

20,120 

199,991 
(62,432)
— 
— 

(929,116)

24,989 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

Balance, December 31, 2018

19,389,066  $

2  $

Net loss
Issuance of common stock under the Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
Issuance of common stock for vested restricted stock
units under the 2012 Equity Plan
Purchase of common stock for tax withholding
Amortization of stock-based compensation
Cash dividends declared
Common stock repurchase program including
commissions
Issuance of restricted stock under the 2012 Equity
Plan and other
Cumulative translation adjustment

— 

23,299 

233,507 
(74,049)
— 
— 

(532,354)

32,145 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

Balance, December 31, 2019

19,071,614  $

2  $

Net loss
Adoption of current expected credit loss ("CECL")
Issuance of common stock under the Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
Issuance of common stock for vested restricted stock
units under the 2012 Equity Plan
Purchase of common stock for tax withholding
Amortization of stock-based compensation
Cash dividends declared
Issuance of restricted stock under the Equity Plans
Cumulative translation adjustment

— 
— 

35,661 

282,871 
(79,981)
— 
— 
74,027 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Balance, December 31, 2020

19,384,192  $

2  $

98,731  $
— 

191,796  $
(1,479)

290,529 
(1,479)

(166)

247 

— 
(976)
4,954 
— 

(13,483)

— 
(49)
89,258  $
— 

264 

— 
(1,017)
3,643 
— 

(6,575)

— 
(300)
85,273  $
— 
— 

5,110 

— 

— 
— 
— 
(10,133)

— 

— 
— 
185,294  $
(10,765)

— 

— 
— 
— 
(9,864)

— 

154 
— 
164,819  $
(44,225)
(365)

300 

— 

— 
(902)
5,508 
— 
— 
149 
90,328  $

— 
— 
— 
(9,946)
— 
— 
110,283  $

4,944 

247 

— 
(976)
4,954 
(10,133)

(13,483)

— 
(49)
274,554 
(10,765)

264 

— 
(1,017)
3,643 
(9,864)

(6,575)

154 
(300)
250,094 
(44,225)
(365)

300 

— 
(902)
5,508 
(9,946)
— 
149 
200,613 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

 (Dollars in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation, amortization and accretion
Goodwill impairment
Valuation allowance
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
Stock-based compensation
Provisions for doubtful accounts, service credits, adjustments of non-cash transaction
taxes and other

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other
Deferred revenue

Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Capitalized software development
Purchase of short-term investments
Maturity of short-term investments

Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:

Cash distributions to stockholders
Purchase of common stock (including commissions)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Purchase of common stock for tax withholding on vested equity awards

Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of exchange rate on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental disclosure:
Income taxes paid

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

2020

$

(44,225) $

(10,765) $

(1,479)

9,056 
25,007 
22,108 
438 
5,508 

1,212 

(1,588)
1,445 
4,027 
3,175 
26,163 

(3,455)
(11,252)
(59,864)
60,000 
(14,571)

9,249 
8,849 
— 
(3,253)
3,643 

694 

964 
2,913 
(643)
42 
11,693 

(4,837)
— 
(59,385)
34,000 
(30,222)

(9,771)
— 
301 
(903)
(10,373)
149 
1,368 
47,361 
48,729  $

(9,819)
(6,575)
258 
(1,017)
(17,153)
(300)
(35,982)
83,343 
47,361  $

10,769 
— 
— 
(1,692)
4,954 

1,922 

(915)
(646)
(1,732)
(866)
10,315 

(5,915)
— 
(3,911)
4,000 
(5,826)

(10,064)
(13,483)
247 
(976)
(24,276)
(49)
(19,836)
103,179 
83,343 

1  $

901  $

1,061 

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
Table of Contents

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Spok, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Spok Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: SPOK) ("Spok," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our") is proud to be the global
leader  in  healthcare  communications.  We  deliver  clinical  information  to  care  teams  when  and  where  it  matters  most  to  improve  patient  outcomes.  Top
hospitals rely on Spok products and services to enhance workflows for clinicians, support administrative compliance, and provide a better experience for
patients.

We offer a focused suite of unified clinical communication and collaboration solutions that include call center operations, clinical alerting and notifications,
one-way and advanced two-way wireless messaging services, mobile communications and public safety solutions.

We provide one-way and advanced two-way wireless messaging services, including information services, throughout the United States. These services are
offered  on  a  local,  regional  and  nationwide  basis,  employing  digital  networks.  One-way  messaging  consists  of  numeric  and  alphanumeric  messaging
services.  Numeric  messaging  services  enable  subscribers  to  receive  messages  that  are  composed  entirely  of  numbers,  such  as  a  phone  number,  while
alphanumeric  messages  may  include  numbers  and  letters,  which  enable  subscribers  to  receive  text  messages.  Two-way  messaging  services  enable
subscribers  to  send  and  receive  messages  to  and  from  other  wireless  messaging  devices,  including  pagers,  personal  digital  assistants  and  personal
computers. We also offer voice mail, personalized greetings, message storage and retrieval, and equipment loss and/or maintenance protection to both one-
way and two-way messaging subscribers. These services are commonly referred to as wireless messaging and information services.

We also develop, sell and support enterprise-wide systems for hospitals and other organizations needing to automate, centralize and standardize clinical
communications.  These  solutions  are  used  for  contact  centers,  clinical  alerting  and  notification,  mobile  communications  and  messaging  and  for  public
safety notifications. These areas of market focus compliment the market focus of our wireless services outlined above.

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  our  accounts  and  the  accounts  of  our  wholly  owned  direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries.  All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") and the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC").  In  management's  opinion,  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  all  adjustments  and  accruals  that  are
necessary for the presentation of the results of all periods reported herein and all such adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature, with the exception of
our  adoption  of  ASU  No.  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326),  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments,  often
referred to as Current Expected Credit Losses ("CECL"). For additional details refer to Note 2, "Recent Accounting Standards."

Amounts  shown  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  within  the  operating  expense  categories  of  cost  of  revenue;  research  and  development;
technology  operations;  selling  and  marketing;  and  general  and  administrative  are  recorded  exclusive  of  depreciation,  amortization  and  accretion.  These
items are shown separately on the Consolidated Statements of Operations within operating expenses to the extent that they are considered material for the
periods presented.

Certain  immaterial  prior  period  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  period's  presentation.
These reclassifications had no effect on the reported results of operations or the statement of financial position.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of
assets,  liabilities,  revenues,  expenses  and  related  disclosures.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  estimates  and  assumptions,  including  but  not  limited  to
those  related  to  the  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization  and  goodwill,  accounts  receivable  allowances,  revenue
recognition,  depreciation  expense,  asset  retirement  obligations,  and  income  taxes.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  various  other
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values
of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different  assumptions  or
conditions.

F-9

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

The majority of our revenues are derived from short-term contracts related to the sale of wireless paging services and software solutions. Our arrangements
exist primarily with customers in the healthcare market and to a lesser extent state and federal governments, as well as large enterprise businesses.

Under  the  typical  payment  terms  of  our  software  contracts,  customers  will  normally  pay  a  material  amount  of  the  contract  price  immediately  upon
execution of the contract. The remaining payments are required when the product is delivered, when services begin and, to a lesser extent, when services
are completed. For Software as a Service ("SaaS") contracts, the subscription and premium support services are generally billed annually in advance while
professional services are billed at various milestones which reflect work completed. Wireless services are generally billed as incurred on a monthly basis.
Our contracts will generally result in billings in excess of revenue recognized, which we present as deferred revenues on the Consolidated Balance Sheets,
primarily due to the receipt of payment in advance of the product or services we provide. Amounts billed and due from our customers are classified as
accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At times, we may have contracts which require us to perform work or provide products prior to
billing  which  will  generally  result  in  revenue  recognized  in  excess  of  billings.  This  excess  is  presented  as  unbilled  receivables  in  the  Notes  to  the
Consolidated Financial Statements. We generally do not have transactions that include a significant financing component (whether payments are made in
advance  or  in  arrears)  as  our  contracts  typically  take  less  than  12  months  to  complete  once  started.  We  would  not  adjust  the  total  consideration  for  the
effects of a significant financing component if we anticipate, at contract inception, that the period between when we transfer a promised good or service to
a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

We  account  for  a  contract  when:  (1)  both  parties  have  approved  the  contract  through  mutually  signed  agreements  or  through  other  methods  such  as
purchase  orders  or  master  agreements;  (2)  the  rights  of  the  parties  have  been  identified;  (3)  payment  terms  have  been  identified;  (4)  the  contract  has
commercial  substance;  and  (5)  collectability  of  consideration  is  probable.  We  also  evaluate  whether  two  or  more  contracts  should  be  combined  and
accounted for as a single contract. In our evaluation, we consider criteria such as, but not limited to, whether: (1) the contracts are negotiated as a package
with a single commercial objective; (2) the amount of consideration to be paid in one contract is dependent on the price or performance of another contract;
and (3) some or all of the goods or services promised in the contracts are a single performance obligation. Should we consider contracts related, we would
account for those contracts as if they were a single contract. Evaluating whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single
contract requires significant judgment. In the aggregate, a decision to combine a group of contracts could significantly impact the amount of revenue and
profit recorded in a given period.

We  review  each  contract  to  determine  whether  to  account  for  the  various  promises  as  one  or  more  performance  obligations.  The  assessment  and
determination of performance obligations for a given contract requires significant judgment. Wireless service contracts are generally considered to be a
single promise and therefore accounted for as a single performance obligation. Contracts which include goods or services related to our software solutions
and  subscriptions  are  generally  sold  with  multiple  promises  and  therefore  will  often  include  multiple  performance  obligations.  Material  performance
obligations related to the sale of our software solutions include software licenses, professional services, hardware and maintenance. Material performance
obligations related to the sale of our SaaS platform include a SaaS subscription, professional services, and signature support services.

More often than not, total consideration will equate to the stated value on the contract taking into consideration any period or term over which services are
to  be  provided,  if  applicable.  However,  we  could  have  contracts  in  which  variable  consideration  is  present.  It  is  common  for  our  contracts  that  include
wireless services to contain customer penalties if rental pagers are not returned and fees for usage of services in excess of the contractually allotted amount
for a given period. It is also common for our contracts that include professional services to include travel-related costs. These are costs which we incur in
the normal course of delivering professional services and are generally billable to the customer based on our incurred expenses. These elements of variable
consideration are fully constrained when an agreement is initially executed and are generally not considered estimable until the penalties, fees or costs have
been  incurred  or  are  otherwise  known.  We  include  estimated  amounts  in  the  transaction  price  to  the  extent  it  is  probable  that  a  significant  reversal  of
cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Estimating variable consideration
requires  significant  judgment  and  our  assessment  includes  all  relevant  information  that  is  reasonably  available  to  us  including  historical,  current  and
forecasted information. We have elected to exclude from revenue all amounts collected on behalf of third parties, and therefore, items such as sales and use
tax are excluded from our calculation of the total transaction price.

F-10

Table of Contents

If a contract is separated into more than one performance obligation we allocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation proportionately
based on the estimated relative standalone selling price ("SSP") of the promised goods or services underlying each performance obligation. We rarely sell
goods or services as readily observable standalone sales, however, if we do, the observable standalone sales are used to determine the SSP. In most cases,
we must estimate the relative SSP which requires significant judgment and estimates. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, we determine the
SSP using information that may include contractually stated prices, market conditions, costs, renewal contracts, list prices and other observable inputs. A
discount is present if the total transaction price is less than the sum of the estimated SSPs of the goods or services promised in the contract. Discounts are
generally allocated proportionately based on the relative SSP of the identified performance obligations for a given contract.

Our  wireless,  professional,  maintenance,  and  subscription  services  are  generally  recognized  over  time  due  to  a  customer's  simultaneous  receipt  and
consumption  of  the  benefit  as  we  perform  the  work.  As  we  transfer  control  over  time,  we  recognize  revenue  based  on  the  extent  of  progress  towards
completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires significant judgment and is based
on the nature of the products or services to be provided. Generally, we use the time-elapsed measure of progress for performance obligations that include
wireless, maintenance, or subscription services. We believe this method best depicts the simultaneous transfer and consumption of the benefit based on our
performance as these services are generally considered standby services. For professional services, we leverage an input methodology based on the number
of  hours  worked  on  a  project  versus  the  total  expected  hours  necessary  to  complete  the  project.  Revenues  are  recognized  proportionally  as  hours  are
incurred. This is a significant area of judgment as it requires an estimate at completion ("EAC") for each contract. Our initial EAC is primarily based on
prior  experience  also  taking  into  consideration  any  specific  facts  and  circumstances  for  a  given  contract.  As  projects  progress,  the  EAC  is  periodically
updated  and  reviewed  to  ensure  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  is  appropriate.  The  creation,  maintenance  and  review  of  a  project's  EAC  requires
significant judgment to determine an appropriate number of hours over which the remaining project is expected to be completed.

Our software licenses and hardware are generally recognized at a point in time when we have transferred control to the customer. For software licenses,
revenue is not recognized until the related license(s) has been made available to the customer and the customer can begin to benefit from its right to use the
license(s). Our software licenses represent a right to use Spok’s Intellectual Property ("IP") as it exists at a point in time at which the license is granted.
Many of our software licenses have significant standalone functionality due to their ability to process a transaction or perform a function or task, and we do
not  need  to  maintain  those  products,  once  provided  to  the  customer,  for  value  to  exist.  While  the  functionality  of  IP  that  we  license  may  substantively
change  during  the  license  period,  customers  are  not  contractually  or  practically  required  to  update  their  license  as  a  result  of  those  changes.  In  most
contracts transfer of control for software licenses occurs in a short period of time after a contract has been executed and licenses are made electronically
available.

Contracts may be modified to account for changes in a project's scope or other customer requirements. Most of our contract modifications are for goods or
services that are distinct from the existing contract. In these instances, the contract modification would either be recognized as an entirely new and separate
contract or the modification would be treated as if it were a termination of the existing contract and the creation of a new contract including all undelivered
goods and services under the previous contract. Revenue would be recognized on a prospective basis and a cumulative catch-up would not be recognized.

Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract and Costs to Fulfill a Contract

Our incremental costs primarily relate to sales commissions. We capitalize commissions and proportionally recognize the related expense to revenue as it is
recognized  on  the  underlying  performance  obligations.  Some  of  these  costs  may  relate  to  specific  future  anticipated  contracts,  specifically  future
maintenance renewals, which we do not pay commensurate sales commissions on. We amortize commission costs proportionally with revenue, thus it is
necessary for us to estimate future revenues when there are future anticipated contracts. We estimate future revenues based on anticipated renewal amounts
over an expected useful life (e.g. the period over which we believe the initial sales commissions relate to future anticipated contracts). The expected useful
life is based on a review of our product life cycles, customer upgrade patterns and the rate at which customers renew maintenance. Commission expense
was $4.3 million, $5.0 million and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Commission expense is classified
within the selling and marketing operating expenses category.

F-11

Table of Contents

Leases

Operating lease right-of-use ("ROU") assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the
lease term. We have made an accounting policy election not to apply the recognition requirements of ASC 842, "Leases," to short-term leases. Those leases
which have a term of less than 12 months will have lease payments recognized, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations, on a straight-line basis over
the lease term. An optional renewal or termination is not recognized as part of the lease term unless we determine that it is reasonably certain that we will
exercise that option. The term reasonably certain is a high threshold for which pervasive evidence generally does not exist, and therefore, optional renewal
periods are generally excluded from our ROU assets and lease liabilities until they have been exercised. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis
over the lease term.

As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use an estimated incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of lease payments.
The Company uses a portfolio approach when determining the discount rate applied to its leases. Significant judgment is necessary when determining a
discount rate because we must estimate the discount rate based on a number of factors and observable inputs including current market conditions, market
yields, government bond rates, credit risk, and other factors as necessary. The Company must also exercise significant judgment when determining whether
an option to renew or terminate a lease should be included in the lease term. This judgment includes an assessment of all relevant economic factors such as
costs relating to the termination or extension of a lease, importance of the underlying asset to the Company’s operations, and the terms and conditions of
the optional periods in relation to current market rates.

Where we have lease agreements which contain lease and non-lease components, we have elected to make use of the practical expedient to account for
each separate lease component and associated non-lease component as a single lease component.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization and Goodwill

We are required to evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived assets, amortizable intangible assets and goodwill. Amortizable intangible assets include
customer-related  intangibles  that  resulted  from  previous  acquisitions.  Such  intangibles  are  amortized  over  periods  up  to  ten  years.  Quarterly,  we  assess
whether  circumstances  exist  which  suggest  that  the  carrying  value  of  long-lived  and  amortizable  intangible  assets  may  not  be  recoverable.  When
applicable,  we  assess  the  recoverability  of  the  carrying  value  of  our  long-lived  assets  and  certain  amortizable  intangible  assets  based  on  estimated
undiscounted cash flows generated from such assets. In assessing the recoverability of these assets, we forecast estimated enterprise-level cash flows based
on various operating assumptions such as revenue forecasted by product line and in-process research and development cost. If the forecast of undiscounted
cash  flows  does  not  exceed  the  carrying  value  of  the  long-lived  and  amortizable  intangible  assets,  we  record  an  impairment  charge  to  the  extent  the
carrying value exceeded the fair value of such assets.

Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment at least annually, or when events or circumstances suggest a potential impairment has occurred.
We  generally  perform  this  annual  impairment  test  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year.  We  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  between  annual  tests  if
indicators of impairment exist. The impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. An impairment charge is
recognized for the amount that the carrying value exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. For purposes of the goodwill impairment evaluation, the Company
as  a  whole  is  considered  the  reporting  unit.  The  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  estimated  under  a  market-based  approach  using  the  fair  value  of  the
Company's  common  stock.  The  estimated  fair  value  requires  significant  judgments,  including  timing  and  appropriateness  of  the  price  of  common  stock
used (e.g. point-in-time application, simple moving average, exponential moving average), as well as application of an estimated control premium. The
estimated control premium is based on a review of current and past market information published by a third-party resource, assessment of the Company's
future projected discounted cash flows and other relevant information if available.

Based on our assessment during the fourth quarter of 2020, the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of the reporting unit and, therefore, an
impairment existed. For additional details refer to Note 6, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net."

We did not record any impairment of long-lived assets or definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Accounts Receivable Allowances

Our two most significant allowance accounts are: an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for service credits. Provisions for these allowances
are recorded on a monthly basis and are included as a component of general and administrative expenses, respectively.

F-12

Table of Contents

Estimates are used in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts and are based on historical collection experience and current and forecasted trends,
as well as known specific collection risks. In determining these estimates, we review historical write-offs, including comparisons of write-offs to provisions
for doubtful accounts. We compare the ratio of the allowance to gross receivables to historical levels, and monitor amounts collected and related statistics.
We write off receivables when they are deemed uncollectible. While write-offs of customer accounts have historically been within our expectations and the
provisions established, we cannot guarantee that the future write-off experience will be consistent with historical experience, which could result in material
differences when compared to the allowance for doubtful accounts and related provisions.

From time to time, we grant service credits for customer retention purposes or when there is an adjustment in the scope of work. The allowance for service
credits  related  provisions  are  based  on  historical  credit  percentages,  current  credit  and  aging  trends,  historical  actual  payment  trends  and  actual  credit
experience.  We  analyze  our  past  credit  experience  over  several  time  frames.  Using  this  analysis  along  with  current  operational  data,  including  existing
experience of credits issued and the time frames in which credits are issued, we establish an appropriate allowance for service credits. This allowance also
reduces accounts receivable for lost and non-returned pagers to the expected realizable amounts and for free wireless services. While credits issued have
been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that future credit experience will be consistent with historical experience,
which could result in material differences when compared to the allowance for service credits and maintenance-related provisions.

Inventory

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using a weighted average cost approach which averages the prices at
which goods are purchased from vendors. We evaluate our ending inventories for shrinkage and estimated obsolescence. Any shrinkage identified is written
off to cost of goods sold in the period in which the shrinkage is identified. Further, we assess the impact of changing technology on our inventories and we
write off inventories that are considered obsolete in the period in which the analysis takes place. Inventory consists primarily of finished goods. We do not
account for inventory as work-in-process or raw materials as any such inventory would be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are reported at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives which range from one to five
years. 

Transmitter  assets  are  grouped  into  tranches  based  on  our  transmitter  decommissioning  forecast  and  are  depreciated  using  the  group  life  method  on  a
straight-line basis. Depreciation expense is determined by the expected useful life of each tranche of the underlying transmitter assets. The expected useful
life is based on our forecasted usage of those assets and their retirement over time and aligns the useful lives of these transmitter assets with their planned
removal  from  service.  Disposals  are  charged  against  accumulated  depreciation  with  no  gain  or  loss  recognized.  This  rational  and  systematic  method
matches the underlying usage of these assets to the underlying revenue that is generated from these assets. Depreciation expense for these assets is subject
to change based upon revisions in the timing of transmitter deconstruction resulting from our long-range planning and network rationalization process.

Asset Retirement Obligations

We  recognize  liabilities  and  corresponding  assets  for  future  obligations  associated  with  the  retirement  of  assets.  We  have  paging  equipment  assets,
principally transmitters, which are located at leased locations. The underlying leases generally require the removal of equipment at the end of the lease
term; therefore, a future obligation exists. Asset retirement costs are reflected in paging equipment assets with depreciation expense recognized over the
estimated  lives,  which  range  between  one  and  five  years.  The  asset  retirement  costs  and  the  corresponding  liabilities  that  have  been  recorded  to  date
generally relate to either current plans to consolidate networks or to the removal of assets at a future terminal date. When an asset retirement obligation
arises, the liabilities and corresponding assets are recorded at their present value using a discounted cash flow approach and the liabilities are accreted using
the interest method.

The recognition of an asset retirement obligation requires that management make numerous assumptions regarding such factors as the cost and timing of
deconstruction; the credit-adjusted risk-free rate to be used; inflation rates; and future advances in technology. The fair value estimate of contractor fees to
remove each asset is assumed to escalate by 2% each year through the terminal date. The total estimated liability is based on the estimated future value of
those costs and the timing of deconstruction.

We  believe  these  estimates  are  reasonable  at  the  present  time,  but  we  can  give  no  assurance  that  changes  in  technology,  our  financial  condition,  the
economy or other factors would not result in higher or lower asset retirement obligations. Any variations from our estimates would generally result in a
change in the assets and liabilities in equal amounts, and operating results would differ in the future by any difference in depreciation expense and accretion
expense (see Note 5, "Consolidated Financial Statement Components", and Note 7, "Asset Retirement Obligations" for additional details).

F-13

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and income tax returns in state, local and foreign jurisdictions as required. The provision for current
income taxes is calculated and accrued on income and expenses expected to be included in current year U.S. and foreign income tax returns. The provision
for current income taxes may also include interest, penalties and an estimated amount reflecting uncertain tax positions.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the financial statement values and the tax bases of assets
and liabilities including net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards at the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income when taxes are actually
paid or recovered. Changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities are included as a component of deferred income tax expense. Deferred income tax
assets represent amounts available to reduce future income taxes payable. We assess the recoverability of our deferred income tax assets, which represent
the tax benefits of future tax deductions, based on available positive and negative evidence and by considering the adequacy of future taxable income from
all sources, including prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. This assessment is required to determine whether based on all available evidence, it is
"more  likely  than  not"  (meaning  a  probability  of  greater  than  50%)  that  all  or  some  portion  of  the  deferred  income  tax  assets  will  be  realized  in  future
periods. We provide a valuation allowance when we consider it "more likely than not" that a deferred income tax asset will not be fully recovered. The
assessment of our deferred income tax assets requires significant judgment.

Assets and liabilities are established for uncertain tax positions taken or positions expected to be taken in income tax returns when such positions fail to
meet the "more likely than not" threshold based on the technical merits of the positions. We assess whether previously unrecognized tax benefits may be
recognized when the tax position is (1) more likely than not of being sustained based on its technical merits, (2) effectively settled through examination,
negotiation or litigation, or (3) settled through actual expiration of the relevant tax statutes. The assessment of an uncertain tax position requires significant
judgment. We had no uncertain tax positions for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (see Note 9, "Income Taxes," for additional details).

Research and Development

In accordance with ASC 985-20, Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, certain software development costs are charged to operations and expensed as
incurred until technological feasibility has been established. Material costs incurred after technological feasibility is established and before the product is
ready for general release are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining economic life of the product or the ratio of
current revenues to total projected product revenues, whichever is greater. To date, the time between technological feasibility and general release to the
public has been extremely short and consequently expenses available for capitalization have been immaterial. Accordingly, all research and developments
costs incurred to date, accounted for in accordance with ASC 985-20, have been expensed as incurred.

In  accordance  with  ASC  350-40,  Internal-Use  Software,  certain  software  development  costs  are  capitalized  while  in  the  application  development  stage
related to software developed for internal use or software sold in a Software as a Service ("SaaS") arrangement. This includes certain development costs for
Spok Go which qualified for capitalization beginning in the first quarter of 2020. All other costs incurred during the preliminary project stage or the post-
implementation  stage,  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Significant  judgment  is  required  when  assessing  costs  and  determining  whether  they  fall  within  the
preliminary  project,  application  development,  or  post-implementation  stage  that  determines  whether  the  associated  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  or
capitalized.  Capitalized  software  development  is  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  asset,  typically  three  years,
beginning when those development efforts have been placed into service (e.g., generally once made commercially available). Determining the estimated
useful life requires significant judgment as we consider factors such as the rapid and continuous developments in software technology, obsolescence and
anticipated life of the service offering before enhancements are necessary. In a SaaS environment, customer needs are rapidly evolving and a shorter useful
life is generally expected.

We incur shipping and handling costs to send and receive messaging devices and other equipment to/from our customers. Amounts billed to customers
related to shipping and handling are classified as revenue and the Company's shipping and handling costs are classified as cost of revenue. These costs are
expensed as incurred.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. Advertising costs are classified as selling and marketing expenses. Advertising expenses were
$1.3 million, $1.7 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

F-14

Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for share-based payments to employees, including restricted stock units ("RSUs"), restricted common stock ("restricted stock") and the option
to purchase common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") based on their fair value and the estimated number of shares we expect will
vest  based  on  the  performance  metrics  associated  with  the  award,  if  applicable.  Fair  value  is  measured  based  on  the  closing  fair  market  value  of  the
Company's common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Forfeitures
and withdrawals are accounted for on an as incurred basis.

Changes in our estimates of the expected attainment of performance targets are reflected in the amount of compensation expense that we recognize for the
related instruments during the interim reporting period when the change in estimate is determined and may cause the amount of compensation expense that
we record for each period to vary. Further information regarding stock-based compensation can be found in Note 8, "Stockholders' Equity."

Concentration of Credit Risk

Our financial instruments that are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term receivables and
accounts receivable. While our cash and cash equivalents are managed by reputable financial institutions, deposits at these institutions and funds may, at
times, exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that these financial institutions and funds are financially sound and, accordingly, that minimal
credit risk exists.

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers across different geographic locations, primarily within
the U.S. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers, and generally do not require collateral. We maintain an allowance for estimated credit
losses. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, our bad debt expenses were $1.1 million, $0.7 million, and $1.6 million, respectively.
In the event that accounts receivable collection cycles deteriorate, our operating results and financial position could be adversely affected. No customer
represented 10% or more of total revenue or accounts receivable during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.

Sales and Use Taxes

Sales and use taxes imposed on the ultimate consumer are excluded from revenue where we are required by law or regulation to act as collection agent for
the taxing jurisdiction.

Fair Value Measurements and Financial Instruments

We account for certain assets and liabilities at fair value. We categorize each of our fair value measurements in one of the following three levels based on
the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

•
•

•

Level 1: Inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2: Inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets
that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and inputs that are corroborated by other observable
market data.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and typically reflect management's estimates of assumptions
that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

We consider all highly liquid interest-earning investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Those
investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  greater  than  three  months  and  less  than  one  year  are  classified  as  short-term  investments.  Cash  and  cash
equivalents consist primarily of cash on deposit with banks and investments in money market funds.

Our short-term investments consist entirely of U.S. Treasury securities which are classified as held-to-maturity and are measured at amortized cost on our
Consolidated Balance Sheets. These investments are classified as Level 1 and mature within 12 months. The differences between carrying value and fair
value are not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable all have fair values that approximate their carrying
values at December 31, 2020, and 2019 due to their short maturities.

Earnings Per Common Share

The calculation of earnings per common share is based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. The
calculation  for  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  recognizes  the  effect  of  all  potentially  dilutive  common  shares  that  were  outstanding  during  the
respective  periods,  unless  the  impact  would  be  anti-dilutive.  Further  information  regarding  earnings  per  common  share  can  be  found  in  Note  8,
"Stockholders' Equity."

F-15

Table of Contents

NOTE 2 - RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU No. 2016-13, or CECL. CECL requires early recognition of credit losses on financial
assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This guidance is effective for
fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2019.  On  January  1,  2020,  we  adopted  ASU  No.  2016-13  which  resulted  in  an  immaterial  adjustment  to  the
beginning balance of retained earnings and an increase to allowance for doubtful accounts.

NOTE 3 - REVENUE, DEFERRED REVENUE AND PREPAID COMMISSIONS

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we
expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

The following table presents our revenues disaggregated by revenue type:

(Dollars in thousands)

Revenue - wireless:
Paging revenue
Product and other revenue

Total wireless revenue

Revenue - software:

License
Services
Equipment
Subscription

Operations revenue
Maintenance revenue
Total software revenue
Total revenue

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

$

$

$

$
$

79,916  $
3,677 
83,593  $

5,179  $

17,910 
2,841 
66 
25,996 
38,591 
64,587  $
148,180  $

85,067  $
3,100 
88,167  $

8,950  $

19,189 
3,618 
— 
31,757 
40,365 
72,122  $
160,289  $

90,570 
3,707 
94,277 

13,042 
18,091 
4,995 
— 
36,128 
39,069 
75,197 
169,474 

The Company is currently structured as a single operating (and reportable) segment, a clinical communication and collaboration business. The U.S. was the
only country that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Revenue generated
in the U.S. and internationally consisted of the following for the periods stated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Revenue:

United States
International
Total revenue

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

$

$

145,349  $
2,831 
148,180  $

154,766  $
5,523 
160,289  $

164,558 
4,916 
169,474 

F-16

 
Table of Contents

Deferred Revenues

Our  deferred  revenues  represent  payments  made  to,  or  due  from,  customers  in  advance  of  our  performance.  Changes  in  the  balance  of  total  deferred
revenue during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Deferred Revenue

December 31, 2019

Additions

Revenue Recognized

December 31, 2020

$

26,621  $

67,769  $

(64,594) $

29,796 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $24.7 million of revenue related to amounts deferred as of December 31,
2019.

Prepaid Commissions

Our prepaid commissions represent payments made to employees in advance of our performance on the related underlying contracts. These costs have been
incurred directly in relation to obtaining a contract. As such, these costs are amortized over the estimated period of benefit. Changes in the balance of total
prepaid commissions during the year ended December 31, 2020, are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Prepaid Commissions

December 31, 2019

Additions

Commissions Recognized

December 31, 2020

$

2,431  $

4,160 

(4,301) $

2,290 

Prepaid commissions are included within prepaid expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and commissions expense is included within Selling and
marketing on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Remaining Performance Obligations

The balance of remaining performance obligations at December 31, 2020, was $50.5 million. We expect to recognize approximately $37.0 million of these
remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months, with the remaining balance recognized thereafter.

NOTE 4 - LEASES

We have operating lease arrangements for corporate offices, cellular towers, storage units and small building spaces. The building space is used to house
infrastructure, such as transmitters, antennae and other various equipment for the Company’s wireless paging services. For leases with a term of 12 months
or less, renewal terms are generally of an evergreen nature (either month-to-month or year-to-year). For leases with a term greater than 12 months, renewal
terms are generally explicit and provide for one to five optional renewals consistent with the initial term. Many of our leases, with the exception of those
for our corporate offices, include options to terminate the lease within one year. Variable lease payments, residual value guarantees or purchase options are
not generally present in these leases.

Lease costs are included in Technology Operations and General and Administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following
table presents lease costs disaggregated by type:

(Dollars in thousands)

Operating lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Short-term lease cost - related party
Total lease cost

(1)

Supplemental Disclosure:

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities - operating leases
Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases (in years)
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases

$

$

$

For the Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

$

5,797
7,991
3,518
17,306

5,685
5.06
5.17%

5,823
8,281
3,589
17,693

5,678

5.60
5.45%

(1) 

A former member of our Board of Directors, who departed our Board during the third quarter of 2020, also serves as a director for an entity that leases transmission tower sites to the Company.

Refer to Note 12, "Related Parties" for additional details.

F-17

Table of Contents

We intend to relocate our corporate headquarters during the first half of 2021 to office space located in Alexandria, Virginia, consisting of approximately
26,000 square feet of space under a lease that will expire on September 30, 2026. We expect to record approximately $4.4 million in a right-of-use asset
and corresponding operating lease liability for this lease at such time that we obtain control of the property.

Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020, were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total future lease payments
Imputed interest
Total

For the Year Ended December
31,

$

$

5,273 
3,539 
2,395 
1,672 
1,050 
2,816 
16,745 
(2,025)
14,720 

232 
(300)
7,397 
398 
7,727 

2,500 
— 
2,500 
542 
10,769 

NOTE 5 - CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS' COMPONENTS

Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion

Depreciation, amortization and accretion consisted of the following for the periods stated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Depreciation

Leasehold improvements
Asset retirement costs
Paging and computer equipment
Furniture, fixtures and vehicles

Total depreciation

Amortization

Intangible assets
Capitalized software development costs

Total amortization

Accretion

$

Total depreciation, amortization and accretion expense

$

Accounts Receivable, net

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

57  $

(643)
5,291 
307 
5,012 

2,500 
1,073 
3,573 
471 
9,056  $

63  $

(766)
6,526 
374 
6,197 

2,500 
— 
2,500 
552 
9,249  $

Accounts receivable was recorded net of an allowance of $1.7 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Accounts receivable, net includes $7.0 million and $6.4 million of unbilled receivables for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Unbilled receivables are defined as the Company's right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that we have transferred to the customer but
have not yet billed for, generally as a result of contractual billing terms.

F-18

Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following for the periods stated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Leasehold improvements
Asset retirement costs
Paging and computer equipment
Furniture, fixtures and vehicles

Total property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation

Total property and equipment, net

Useful Life
(In Years)

lease term
1-5
1-5
3-5

For the Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

3,628  $
3,717 
92,608 
3,517 
103,470 
(95,655)

7,815  $

3,620 
1,922 
96,562 
3,716 
105,820 
(97,820)
8,000 

For purposes of assessing our asset retirement costs, we completed a review of the estimated useful life of our transmitter assets during the fourth quarter of
2020  (that  are  part  of  paging  and  computer  equipment).  This  review  was  based  on  the  results  of  our  long-range  planning  and  network  rationalization
process and indicated that the expected useful life of the last tranche of the transmitter assets was no longer appropriate. As a result of that review, the
expected useful life of the final tranche of transmitter assets was extended from 2024 to 2025. This change resulted in a revision of the expected future
depreciation  expense  for  the  transmitter  assets  and  an  immaterial  impact  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  beginning  in  2021.  We  believe  these
estimates remain reasonable at the present time, but we can give no assurance that changes in technology, customer usage patterns, our financial condition,
the economy or other factors would not result in changes to our transmitter decommissioning plans. Any further variations from our estimates could result
in a change in the expected useful lives of the underlying transmitter assets and operating results could differ in the future by any difference in depreciation
expense. The extension of the depreciable life was accounted for as a change in accounting estimate.

Capitalized Software Development

Capitalized software development is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, typically three years. Capitalized software
development costs were $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and no capitalized costs were recorded for the year ended December 31,
2019, respectively. Amortization expense with respect to software development costs was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and there
was no amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2019.

NOTE 6 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Goodwill

For  purposes  of  the  goodwill  impairment  assessment,  the  Company  as  a  whole  is  considered  the  reporting  unit.  The  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is
estimated under a market-based approach using the fair value of the Company's common stock. The estimated fair value requires significant judgments,
including  timing  and  appropriateness  of  the  price  of  common  stock  used  (e.g.,  point-in-time  application,  simple  moving  average,  exponential  moving
average), as well as application of an estimated control premium. There are a number of judgmental factors that are incorporated into our assessment to
establish an estimated control premium, including the review of current and past market information published by a third-party resource, assessment of the
Company's future projected discounted cash flows and other relevant information if available.

While a formal impairment assessment is performed annually, the Company monitors its business environment for potential triggering events on a quarterly
basis. During the quarter ended March 31, 2020, we determined, based on a qualitative assessment, that COVID-19 created a triggering event that required
further assessment. As such, we performed a quantitative assessment, using data as of March 31, 2020. Based on that assessment, the estimated fair value
of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of the Company, which indicated an impairment did not exist as of the interim balance sheet date.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2020, we performed our annual assessment of goodwill. Based on our assessment, using data as of October 31,
2020, the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company, which indicated an impairment existed. There is potential
for further impairment charges in future periods based on these ongoing assessments.

F-19

Table of Contents

The change in goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2020, was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Goodwill at January 1, 2019
Impairment
Goodwill at January 1, 2020
Impairment
Goodwill at December 31, 2020

Intangible Assets

Change in Goodwill

133,031 
(8,849)
124,182 
(25,007)
99,175 

$
$
$

$

Amortizable  intangible  assets  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019  related  primarily  to  customer  relationships.  Such  intangible  assets  are  amortized  over  a
period of ten years. We did not record an impairment of our intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The remaining
amortization of $0.4 million is expected to be incurred in 2021.

The net consolidated balance of intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2020, and 2019: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Gross Carrying
Amount

2020
Accumulated
Amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

Gross Carrying
Amount

2019
Accumulated
Amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

Customer relationships

$

25,002  $

(24,585) $

417  $

25,002  $

(22,085) $

2,917 

As of December 31,

NOTE 7 - ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS

The components of the changes in the asset retirement obligation liabilities for the periods stated were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance at January 1, 2019

Accretion
Amounts paid
Additions
Reductions
Reclassifications

Balance at December 31, 2019

Accretion
Amounts paid
Additions
Reclassifications

Balance at December 31, 2020

Short-Term Portion

Long-Term Portion

Total

34  $
39 
(177)
— 
14 
180 
90 
(38)
(352)
169 
466 
335  $

6,513  $
513 
— 
32 
(817)
(180)
6,061 
509 
— 
1,185 
(466)
7,289  $

6,547 
552 
(177)
32 
(803)
— 
6,151 
471 
(352)
1,354 
— 
7,624 

$

$

Increases  and  reductions  other  than  accretion,  reclassification  and  amounts  paid  primarily  relate  to  changes  in  estimates  of  the  underlying  liability,
specifically  related  to  updates  in  estimated  costs  to  remove  a  transmitter  and  the  estimated  timing  of  removal.  Estimated  removal  costs  and  timing
refinements due to ongoing network rationalization activities are expected to accrete to a total liability of $9.3 million.

Additional information regarding asset retirement costs and accretion expense can be found in Note 5, "Consolidated Financial Statements' Components."

F-20

 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE 8 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

General

Our authorized capital stock consists of 75 million shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 25 million shares of preferred stock, par value
$0.0001 per share.

At December 31, 2020, and 2019, we had no stock options outstanding.

At December 31, 2020, and 2019, there were 19,384,192 and 19,071,614 shares of common stock outstanding, respectively, and no shares of preferred
stock were outstanding.

Dividends

For  each  of  the  three  years  ending  December  31,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  our  Board  of  Directors  declared  cash  dividends  of  $0.50  per  share  of  our
outstanding common stock. An immaterial amount of dividends declared were related to unvested RSUs and unvested shares of restricted stock, which are
accrued for and paid when the applicable vesting conditions are met. Accrued cash dividends on forfeited RSUs and restricted stock are also forfeited. Cash
dividends paid as disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 included previously
declared cash dividends on vested RSUs and on shares of vested restricted stock issued to non-executive members of our Board of Directors.

On  February  17,  2021,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  regular  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.125  per  share  of  common  stock,  with  a  record  date  of
March 16, 2021, and a payment date of March 30, 2021. This cash dividend of approximately $2.4 million is expected to be paid from available cash on
hand.

Common Stock Repurchase Program

On July 31, 2008, our Board of Directors approved a program to repurchase our common stock in the open market. This program has been extended at
various times. In August 2018, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $10.0 million of our common stock through December 31, 2018,
on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. In November 2018, our Board of Directors extended the repurchase authority through December
31, 2019. The Company fully exhausted the repurchase authority in September 2019.

We used available cash on hand and net cash provided by operating activities to fund the common stock repurchase program. This repurchase authority
allowed us, at management’s discretion, to selectively repurchase shares of our common stock from time to time in the open market depending upon market
price and other factors.

Repurchased  shares  of  our  common  stock  were  accounted  for  as  a  reduction  to  common  stock  and  additional  paid-in-capital  in  the  period  in  which  the
repurchase occurred. All repurchased shares of common stock were returned to the status of authorized, but unissued, shares of the Company.

The Company did not repurchase any of its common stock during 2020. Common stock repurchased in 2019 and 2018 (excluding commission and the
purchase of common stock for tax withholdings) was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands, except for shares purchased)

For the Three Months Ended

March 31,
June 30,
September 30,
December 31,
Total

2019

2018

Shares
Purchased

Amount

Shares
Purchased

Amount

131,012  $
— 
401,342 
— 
532,354  $

1,806 
— 
4,749 
— 
6,555 

127,792  $
501,782 
36,542 
263,000 
929,116  $

1,922 
7,520 
558 
3,446 
13,446 

F-21

Table of Contents

Net Loss per Common Share

Basic  net  loss  per  common  share  is  computed  on  the  basis  of  the  weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding.  Diluted  net  loss  per  common  share  is
computed on the basis of the weighted average common shares outstanding plus the effect of all potentially dilutive common shares, including unvested
and outstanding equity awards. The components of basic and diluted net loss per common share were as follows for the periods stated:

(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

Numerator:
Net loss

Denominator:

Basic and diluted weighted average outstanding shares of
common stock
Basic and diluted net loss per common share

$

$

(44,225) $

(10,765) $

(1,479)

19,028,918 

19,089,402 

(2.32) $

(0.56) $

19,667,891 

(0.08)

For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the following securities were not included in the calculation of diluted shares outstanding as the
effect would have been anti-dilutive:

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

Restricted stock units

297,757 

189,862 

178,279 

Share-Based Compensation Plans

On  March  23,  2012,  our  Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  Spok  Holdings,  Inc.  2012  Equity  Incentive  Award  Plan  (the  "2012  Equity  Plan")  that  our
stockholders subsequently approved on May 16, 2012. A total of 2,194,986 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under this plan.

On April 29, 2020, our Board of Directors adopted the Spok Holdings, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the "2020 Equity Plan" and together with
the 2012 Equity Plan, the "Equity Plans") that our stockholders subsequently approved on July 28, 2020. As of July 28, 2020, a total of 1,699,950 shares of
common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2020 Equity Plan, and no further grants will be made under the 2012 Equity Plan. However, the
2012 Equity Plan will continue to govern all outstanding awards thereunder.

Awards under the 2020 Equity Plan may be in the form of stock options, restricted common stock, RSUs, performance awards, dividend equivalents, stock
payment awards, deferred stock, deferred stock units ("DSUs"), stock appreciation rights or other stock or cash-based awards.

Restricted stock awards generally vest one year from the date of grant. Related dividends accumulate during the vesting period and are paid at the time of
vesting.

Contingent RSUs generally vest over a three-year performance period upon successful completion of the performance objectives. Non-contingent RSUs
generally vest in thirds, annually, over a three-year period. Dividend equivalent rights generally accompany each RSU award and those rights accumulate
and vest along with the underlying RSU.

Dividend equivalent rights generally accompany each DSU award and are paid to participants in cash on the Company's applicable dividend payment date
whether the DSU is vested or unvested. The dividend equivalent right associated with a DSU continues until delivery of the underlying shares of common
stock is made.

Payment of the underlying shares of common stock occurs at the earliest of a participant's separation from service, disability, death, or a change in control.
Any shares subject to an award under the 2012 Equity Plan that are forfeited or expire will be available for the future grant of awards under the 2020 Equity
Plan. As of December 31, 2020, there was an aggregate of 605,606 unvested RSUs and restricted stock outstanding under the 2012 Equity Plan.

F-22

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activities under the Equity Plans from January 1, 2018, through December 31, 2020:

Total equity securities available at January 1, 2018

Less: RSU and restricted stock awarded to eligible employees, net of forfeitures
Total equity securities available at December 31, 2018
Less: RSU and restricted stock awarded to eligible employees, net of forfeitures
Total equity securities available at December 31, 2019
Less: RSU, DSU and restricted stock awarded to eligible employees, net of forfeitures
Plus: Additional shares available for issuance under the 2020 Equity Plan

Total equity securities available at December 31, 2020

Activity

1,140,658 
(236,221)
904,437 
(257,957)
646,480 
(547,166)
1,600,000 
1,699,314 

The following table details activities with respect to outstanding RSUs, DSUs, and restricted stock under the Equity Plans for the year ended December 31,
2020:

Unvested at January 1, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested at December 31, 2020

Shares

Weighted-Average Grant Date
Fair Value per Share

419,426  $
603,171 
(329,870)
(56,005)
636,722  $

14.00 
11.94 
14.05 
12.49 
12.16 

Of the 636,722 unvested RSUs and restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2020, 354,125 RSUs include contingent performance requirements for
vesting  purposes.  At  December  31,  2020,  there  was  $4.1  million  of  unrecognized  net  compensation  cost  related  to  RSUs  and  restricted  stock,  which  is
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company granted 388,321 and 343,102 RSUs, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date
fair  value  of  $13.27  and  $15.65  per  share,  respectively.  The  fair  value  of  RSUs  that  vested  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018  were
$3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, based on the closing price of the Company's common stock of $12.23 and $13.26 at December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In 2016, our Board of Directors adopted the ESPP that our stockholders subsequently approved on July 25, 2016. A total of 250,000 shares of common
stock were reserved for issuance under this plan.

The ESPP allows employees to purchase shares of common stock at a discounted rate, subject to plan limitations. Under the ESPP, eligible participants can
voluntarily elect to have contributions withheld from their pay for the duration of an offering period, subject to the ESPP limits. At the end of an offering
period, contributions will be used to purchase the Company's common stock at a discount to the market price based on the first or last day of the offering
period, whichever is lower.

Participants are required to hold common stock for a minimum period of two years from the grant date. Participants will begin earning dividends on shares
after the purchase date. Each offering period will generally last for no longer than six months. Once an offering period begins, participants cannot adjust
their withholding amount. If a participant chooses to withdraw, any previously withheld funds will be returned to the participant, with no stock purchased,
and  that  participant  will  be  eligible  to  participate  in  the  ESPP  at  the  next  offering  period.  If  the  participant  terminates  employment  with  the  Company
during the offering period, all contributions will be returned to the employee and no stock will be purchased.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of each offering period on the offer date. The Black-Scholes model requires the use
of  estimates  for  the  expected  term,  the  expected  volatility  of  the  underlying  common  stock  over  the  expected  term,  the  risk-free  interest  rate  and  the
expected dividend payment.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  employees  purchased  35,661  shares  of  common  stock  for  a  total  price  of  $0.3  million.  For  the  year
ended December 31, 2019, employees purchased 23,299 shares of common stock for a total price of $0.3 million.

F-23

 
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activities under the ESPP from January 1, 2018, through December 31, 2020:

Total ESPP equity securities available at January 1, 2018
Less: common stock purchased by eligible employees
Total ESPP equity securities available at January 1, 2019
Less: common stock purchased by eligible employees
Total ESPP equity securities available at January 1, 2020
Less: common stock purchased by eligible employees

Total ESPP equity securities available at December 31, 2020

Activity

228,279 
(20,120)
208,159 
(23,299)
184,860 
(35,661)
149,199 

Amounts  withheld  from  participants  will  be  classified  as  a  liability  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  until  funds  are  used  to  purchase  shares.  This
liability amount is immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Compensation expense associated with common stock, RSUs and restricted stock was recognized based on the grant date fair value of the instruments, over
the instruments’ vesting period. The following table reflects stock-based compensation expense for the periods stated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Performance-based RSUs
Time-based RSUs and restricted stock
ESPP

Total stock based compensation

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

$

$

2,019  $
3,389 
100 
5,508  $

1,434  $
2,119 
90 
3,643  $

2,127 
2,756 
71 
4,954 

The significant components of our (provision for) benefit from income taxes attributable to current operations for the periods stated were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Loss before income taxes

Current:

Federal tax
State tax
Foreign tax

Total current

Deferred:

Federal tax
State tax
Foreign tax

Total deferred

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

2020

For the Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

(21,770) $

(13,423) $

(2,185)

—  $
58 
(150)
(92)

20,594 
1,910 
43 
22,547 
22,455  $

—  $
582 
13 
595 

(2,121)
(1,239)
107 
(3,253)
(2,658) $

— 
838 
148 
986 

(1,467)
(532)
307 
(1,692)
(706)

$

$

F-24

 
Table of Contents

Foreign  income  before  income  tax  (benefit)  expense  is  immaterial  to  consolidated  income  before  income  tax  (benefit)  expense.  The  following  table
summarizes the principal elements of the difference between the United States federal statutory rate of 21% and our effective tax rate for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

(Dollars in thousands)

Loss before income taxes

Income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Goodwill impairment
Change in valuation allowance
Research and development and other tax credits
Excess executive compensation
Other

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

$

$

$

(21,770)

(4,572)
(703)
6,341 
22,108 
(1,316)
266 
331 
22,455 

2020

2019

2018

$

(13,423)

$

(2,185)

21.0 % $
3.2 %
(29.1)%
(101.6)%
6.0 %
(1.2)%
(1.5)%
(103.1)% $

(2,819)
(567)
2,243 
— 
(1,790)
322 
(47)
(2,658)

21.0 % $
4.2 %
(16.7)%
— %
13.3 %
(2.4)%
0.4 %
19.8 % $

(459)
306 
— 
— 
(1,144)
281 
310 
(706)

21.0 %
(14.0)%
— %
— %
52.4 %
(12.9)%
(14.2)%
32.3 %

The anticipated effective income tax rate is expected to continue to differ from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the effect of state income taxes,
the benefit of the research and development tax credit, permanent differences between book and taxable income and certain discrete items. The earnings of
non-U.S. subsidiaries are deemed to be indefinitely reinvested in non-U.S. operations.

The components of deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2020, and 2019 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

Capitalized research and development costs
Net operating loss carryforward
Property and equipment
Accrued liabilities, reserves and other expenses
Research and development credits
Tax credits
Stock based compensation
Other

Gross deferred income tax assets

Deferred income tax liabilities:
Intangible assets
Prepaid and other expenses

Gross deferred income tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax assets

Valuation allowance

Total deferred income tax assets

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

13,367  $
18,081 
5,353 
5,063 
5,533 
717 
1,917 
132 
50,163 

(2,015)
(214)
(2,229)

47,934 
(22,108)
25,826  $

18,605 
15,978 
6,092 
3,718 
4,140 
1,467 
1,600 
121 
51,721 

(2,430)
(308)
(2,738)

48,983 
— 
48,983 

F-25

 
Table of Contents

The Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security ("CARES") Act was signed into law on March 27, 2020, to provide stimulus and relief in response to
the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting economic collapse. While the CARES Act provides a number of potential benefits to companies, the Company has
made use of the following provisions:

•

•

Payroll Tax Deferral: Allows for the deferral of payment on the Company's share of the 6.2% Social Security tax on wages paid beginning on
March 27, 2020, and ending on December 31, 2020. Deferred amounts are payable in two installments, with 50% of such taxes due on December
31,  2021,  and  the  remainder  due  on  December  31,  2022.  This  resulted  in  a  total  deferral  of  $2.1  million  in  payroll  taxes  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020.
Employee Retention Credits:  Allows  for  a  refundable  tax  credit  for  the  Company's  share  of  the  6.2%  Social  Security  tax  on  wages.  This  tax
credit applies to the first $10,000 in qualified wages paid to each employee commencing on March 13, 2020. To be eligible, the Company must (i)
have had operations fully or partially suspended because of a shutdown order from a governmental authority related to COVID-19, or (ii) have had
gross receipts decline by more than 50% in a calendar quarter when compared to the same quarter in 2019. Qualified wages are limited to wages
paid to employees who were not providing services due to the COVID-19 pandemic. This resulted in a tax credit of $1.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2020.

• Alternative  Minimum  Tax  ("AMT")  Credit:  Allows  for  an  immediate  refund  of  all  refundable  AMT  credits  resulting  from  passage  of  the
CARES Act of 2020. This resulted in accelerated collection of approximately $1.3 million of other current assets that was received during the
third quarter of 2020.

Net Operating Losses

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $79.7 million of net operating losses available to offset future taxable income, of which approximately
$70.6 million were Federal net operating losses with expiration dates that begin expiring in 2026 and will fully expire in 2029. We have an immaterial
amount of foreign tax credits available for future use.

Valuation Allowance

We assess the recoverability of our deferred income tax assets, which represent the tax benefits of future tax deductions, based on available positive and
negative evidence and by considering the adequacy of future taxable income from all sources, including prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. This
assessment is required to determine whether based on all available evidence, it is "more likely than not" (meaning a probability of greater than 50%) that all
or some portion of the deferred income tax assets will be realized in future periods.

The  cumulative  loss  incurred  by  the  Company  over  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2020,  constitutes  a  piece  of  objective  negative  evidence
which limits our ability to consider other subjective evidence. In addition, the uncertainty created by COVID-19, has meaningfully limited our ability to
consider  our  projections  for  future  profitability  and  growth  in  our  assessment  of  the  recoverability  of  our  deferred  income  tax  assets.  Based  on  this
evaluation, which we completed utilizing our annual long-range planning and forecasting updates that are traditionally completed in the fourth quarter of
each year, we recorded a valuation allowance of $22.1 million, as of December 31, 2020, to reduce net deferred income tax assets as their realization did
not meet the more-likely-than-not criterion. COVID-19 has significantly limited our ability to consider projections for future profitability as objectively
verifiable positive evidence to support the realizability of deferred tax assets, as the projections rely on subjective estimates and assumptions regarding the
market launch of our SaaS product, Spok Go. As a result, a valuation allowance was established against deferred tax assets associated with net operating
losses and credits with set expiration dates.

Those  deferred  income  tax  assets  which  are  not  currently  covered  by  a  valuation  allowance  are  those  that  are  indefinite-lived,  or  whose  temporary
differences would reverse in the future and may result in the creation of an indefinite-lived deferred income tax asset, which we consider to be realized
through future taxable income despite near term uncertainties. The amount of deferred income tax assets considered realizable, however, could be adjusted
in the future if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present, additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as
our projections for future profitability and growth, or other relevant factors arise. We did not record a valuation allowance during 2019 or 2018.

Income Tax Audits

The 2018, 2019 and 2020 federal and state income tax returns are within the statute of limitations (“SOL”) and are currently not under examination by any
Federal or state tax authority.

We operate in all states and the District of Columbia and are subject to various state income and franchise tax audits. The states’ SOL varies from three to
four years from the later of the due date of the return or the date filed. We usually file our federal and all state and local income tax returns on or before
September 15 of the following year; therefore, the SOL for those states with a three-year SOL is open for calendar years ending 2017 through 2020, and for
the four-year SOL states, the SOL is open for years ending from 2016 through 2020.

F-26

Table of Contents

NOTE 10 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contractual Obligations

We had no significant commitments and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020.

Other Commitments

We have various LOCs outstanding with multiple state agencies which are considered to be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements. The LOCs
typically have one to three-year contract requirements and contain automatic renewal terms.

Legal Contingencies

We are involved, from time to time, in lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. We believe the potential outcomes from these lawsuits will not
have a material adverse impact on our financial position or statement of operations.

Operating Leases

We have operating leases for office and transmitter locations. Substantially all of these leases have lease terms ranging from one month to five years. We
continue to review our office and transmitter locations, and intend to replace, reduce or consolidate leases, where possible.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2020, were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)

For the Year Ended December 31,

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total

Operating Leases

6,236 
4,541 
3,371 
1,879 
1,230 
1,470 
18,727 

$

$

These leases typically include renewal options and escalation clauses. Where material, we recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease
period.

Total rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, was approximately $17.3 million, $17.7 million and
$17.5 million, respectively.

NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has a savings plan in the U.S., the Spok Holdings, Inc. Savings and Retirement Plan, which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue  Code.  Participating  U.S.  employees  may  elect  to  contribute  a  percentage  of  their  wages,  subject  to  certain  limitations.  Matching  contributions
under the savings plan were approximately $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.

NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTIES

A former member of our Board of Directors, who departed the Board during the third quarter of 2020, also serves as a director for an entity that leases
transmission tower sites to the Company. We incurred $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $3.6 million for the years ended December
31, 2019, and 2018 for site rent expense from the entity on which the individual serves as a director for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018. These amounts are included in technology operations expenses.

A member of our Board of Directors who was appointed at the beginning of 2020 serves as Chief Information Officer for an entity that is also a customer
of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized revenues of $0.7 million related to contracts from the entity at which the individual
is employed.

F-27

Table of Contents

NOTE 13 - SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019 is summarized below:

(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

(1)

Revenues
Operating (loss) income
Net (loss) income
Basic net (loss) income per common share
Diluted net (loss) income per common share

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

(1)

Revenues
Operating income (loss)
Net income (loss)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share

(1)

(1)

(2)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth Quarter

(3)

$

$

37,267  $
(4,108)
(4,539)
(0.24)
(0.24)

35,739  $
3,159 
3,759 
0.20 
0.20 

37,693  $
2,732 
3,165 
0.17 
0.16 

37,480 
(24,449)
(46,610)
(2.44)
(2.44)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth Quarter

(3)(4)

41,764  $
1,115 
742 
0.04 

39,525  $
(1,992)
(670)
(0.03)

39,453  $
(2,692)
(1,326)
(0.07)

39,548 
(12,239)
(9,511)
(0.50)

(1)     

Slight variations in totals are due to rounding.

(2)

     Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed independently for each period presented. As a result, the sum of the quarterly basic and diluted

net income (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019 may not equal the total computed for the year.

(3)

     The Company recorded a goodwill impairment of $25.0 million and $8.8 million during the fourth quarters of 2020 and 2019, respectively. See Note 6 "Goodwill

and Intangible Assets, Net" for additional details.

(4)

     The Company recorded a valuation allowance of $22.1 million during the fourth quarter of 2020. See Note 9 "Income Taxes" for additional details.

F-28

 
Table of Contents

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

SCHEDULE II

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Service Credits and Other

(Dollars in thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2020
Year ended December 31, 2019

Year ended December 31, 2018

Balance at the
Beginning of
the Period

Charged to
Operations

Write-offs

Balance at the
End of the
Period

$

$

$

1,293  $

1,705  $

1,065  $

1,382  $

1,248  $

2,125  $

(1,006) $

(1,660) $

(1,485) $

1,669 

1,293 

1,705 

F-29

Table of Contents

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Filed/Furnished
Herewith

EXHIBIT INDEX

Incorporated by Reference

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws
Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Spok Holdings,
Inc.
Specimen of common stock certificate, par value
$0.0001 per share
Form of Indemnification Agreement for executive
officers of Spok, Holding Inc.
USA Mobility, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan Restricted
Stock Agreement (For Board of Directors) (amended)
Form of Director’s Indemnification Agreement
USA Mobility, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan
Employment Agreement, between Spok Holdings, Inc.
and Vince D. Kelly, dated as of January 1, 2019
Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice for the USA Mobility,
Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan
Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice for the Spok
Holdings, Inc. 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Spok Holdings, Inc. Severance Pay Plan and Summary
Plan Description (For certain C-Level, not including
CEO) (amended and restated)
Spok Holdings, Inc. 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Exhibits to Spok Holdings, Inc., 2015 Long-Term
Incentive Plan for the 2016 - 2018 performance period
Exhibits to Spok Holdings, Inc., 2015 Long-Term
Incentive Plan for the 2017 - 2019 performance period
Spok Holdings, Inc. 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Spok Holdings, Inc. 2018 Short-Term Incentive Plan
Spok Holdings, Inc. 2019 Short-Term Incentive Plan
Spok Holdings, Inc. 2020 Short-Term Incentive Plan
Spok Holdings, Inc. 2021 Short-Term Incentive Plan
Amendment to the USA Mobility, Inc. 2012 Equity
Incentive Award Plan
NEO Severance and Change in Control Document
Spok Holdings, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Award Plan

Employment Agreement Extension Letter, by and
between Spok Holdings, Inc. and Vincent D. Kelly, dated
as of June 18, 2020
Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice for the Spok
Holdings, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Award Plan
Cooperation Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2020 by
and among Spok Holdings, Inc., White Hat Strategic
Partners LP, White Hat SP GP LLC, White Hat Capital
Partners LP, and White Hat Capital Partners GP LLC
Spok Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For
Non-Employee Directors

8-K
8-K

8-K

S-4/A

10-Q

10-Q
10-Q
DEF 14A

8-K

10-K

10-K

10-K
10-K

10-K

10-K

10-K
10-K
10-K

001-32358
001-32358

001-32358

333-115769

001-32358

001-32358
001-32358
001-32358

001-32358

001-32358

001-32358

001-32358
001-32358

001-32358

001-32358

001-32358
001-32358
001-32358

DEF 14A
10-Q
DEF 14A

001-32358
001-32358
001-32358

3.1
3.1

3.1

4.1

10.1

10.18
10.24
A

10.1

10.16

10.17

10.18
10.10

10.10

10.12

10.15
10.16
10.16

A
10.2
A

7/8/2014
12/20/2016

10/30/2020

10/6/2004

10/25/2018

11/1/2007
10/30/2008
3/28/2012

1/4/2019

3/2/2017

3/2/2017

3/2/2017
3/1/2018

2/28/2019

2/27/2020

2/28/2019
2/28/2019
2/27/2020

4/27/2017
4/27/2017
6/19/2020

8-K

001-32358

10.1

6/18/2020

8-K

001-32358

10.1

6/19/2020

Filed

Filed

Filed

Filed

Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2

3.3

4.1*

10.1

10.2*
10.3*
10.4*

10.5†

10.6*

10.7

10.8†
10.9†

10.10†

10.11†
10.12†
10.13†
10.14†
10.15†
10.16†

10.17*
10.18†
10.19†

10.20†

10.21

10.22

10.23

    
Table of Contents

21
23

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE

104

Subsidiaries of the Company
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer
pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance does not
appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags
are embedded within the Inline XBRL document**
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema**
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation**
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition**
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels**
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation**
Cover Page Interactive Data File (the cover page XBRL
tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document and
included in Exhibit 101)

10-K

001-32358

21

3/1/2018

Filed

Filed

Filed

Furnished

Furnished

Furnished
Furnished
Furnished
Furnished
Furnished
Furnished

* On July 8, 2014, the Company changed its name from USA Mobility, Inc. to Spok Holdings, Inc.
**    The financial information contained in these XBRL documents is unaudited.
†    Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Exhibit 10.12

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
2018 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Adopted by the Board of Directors

Upon Recommendation of the Compensation Committee

on December 12, 2017

To Be Effective as of January 1, 2018

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.

2018 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1.

BACKGROUND, PURPOSE AND DURATION

1.1 Effective Date. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) adopted the Plan upon the recommendation of the

Compensation Committee of the Board of Spok Holdings, Inc., (the “Company”) to be effective as of January 1, 2018.

1.2 Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of the Plan are to promote the success of the Company’s business,

advance the interests of the Company, attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial
responsibility at the Company, and provide additional incentives to selected key employees of the Company for
outstanding performance. The Plan permits the award of Restricted Stock Units to key employees as the Committee
may determine. Upon attainment of Performance Goals for the Performance Period, Restricted Stock Units granted to
Participants will convert and be paid in Common Stock, and dividend equivalent rights (if any) with respect to vested
Restricted Stock Units will be paid in cash. To the extent available, Actual Awards to “Covered Employees” under the
Plan (within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code) are intended to qualify as Performance Based
Compensation pursuant to Article 5 of the Spok Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as it may be
amended or restated from time to time (“Equity Incentive Award Plan”).

SECTION 2.
DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly

required by the context:

2.1 “Actual Award” means the vested portion of the Target Award (if any) payable to a Participant.

2.2 “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint
ventures) controlled by, controlling, or under common control with, the Company where “control” means the right to
elect or appoint at least fifty percent (50%) of the directors, managing members, general partners, trustees or entities
exercising similar powers with respect to the Company or the applicable entity whether by beneficial ownership of
securities or other interests, by proxy or agreement, or both. Notwithstanding the preceding, an Affiliate that is not an
affiliate within the meaning of the regulations under Code section 409A shall not constitute an Affiliate under this Plan.

2.3 “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing a

Target Award, including through an electronic medium.

1

2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “Cause” unless otherwise defined in an employment agreement between the Participant and the Company
or an Affiliate, means (a) dishonesty of a material nature that relates to the performance of services for the Company
by Participants; (b) criminal conduct (other than minor infractions and traffic violations) that relates to the performance
of services for the Company by Participant; (c) the Participant’s willfully breaching or failing to perform his or her
duties as an employee of the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant having a disability
(as defined herein)), within a reasonable period of time after a written demand for substantial performance is
delivered to the Participant by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes
that the Participant has not substantially performed his or her duties; or (d) the willful engaging by the Participant in
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. No act or failure to act
on the Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good
faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the reasonable best interests of the Company.
Disability as used herein means a condition or circumstance such that the Participant has become totally and
permanently disabled as defined or described in the Company’s long term disability benefit plan applicable to
executive officers as in effect at the time the Participant incurs a disability.

2.6 “Change of Control” shall mean and includes each of the following:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public
through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or
related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
(other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any
of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or
is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of
the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period,
constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall
have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.6(a) or
Section 2.6(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was
approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the
beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved,
cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

2

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving
the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business
combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single
transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each
case other than a transaction:

(i) Which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the
transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or
indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or
otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor
Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s
outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) After which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or

more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group
shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.6(c)(i) as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined
voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to
the consummation of the transaction; or

(d) The Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

In addition, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event or a toggle event with respect to any

Award which provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the
transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award must also constitute
a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section
409A.

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine
conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and
the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

2.7 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and other guidance

issued by the Treasury Department and Internal Revenue Service thereunder.

2.8 “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan. Until otherwise
determined by the Board, (a) the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board shall constitute the Committee,
and (b) for administrative convenience, the independent,

3

non-employee members of the Board also may act as the Committee from time to time. With respect to awards
intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, each
member of the Committee shall qualify as an "outside director" under Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.9 “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

2.10 “Company” means Spok Holdings, Inc., and Affiliates or any successor thereto.

2.11 “Effective Date” means January 1, 2018.

2.12 “Employee” means any key employee of the Company or Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed

at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

2.13 “Participant” means an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan.

2.14 “Performance Goals” means the Minimum Performance Goals based on one or more performance criteria

defined in the Equity Incentive Award Plan for the applicable Performance Period, as approved by the Committee, in
writing, no later than the 90th day of the applicable Performance Period and communicated to each Participant.
Subject to any limitations for “performance-based compensation” pursuant to Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code to the
extent applicable, the Committee may revise the Performance Goals in the event of a Change of Control or other
corporate reorganization, merger, or similar transaction, to take into account extraordinary events or as the
Committee determines is in the best interests of the Company. Such extraordinary events shall include the
implementation of changes in generally accepted accounting principles resulting from new accounting standards
issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Securities and Exchange Commission and/or other regulatory
bodies responsible for the establishment of accounting standards applicable to the Company.

2.15 “Performance Period” means the applicable three-year period commencing on each of January 1, 2018,

January 1, 2019 and January 1, 2020, and ending on December 31, 2020, December 31, 2021 and December 31,
2022, respectively, or such other performance period as may be determined by the Committee and specified in an
Award Agreement or an employment agreement between the Participant and the Company.

2.16 “Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided,

however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company and (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an
employee benefit plan of the Company or Affiliate.

4

2.17 “Plan” means the Spok Holdings, Inc. 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as set forth in this instrument and

as hereafter amended from time to time.

2.18 “Restricted Stock Unit” means the right to receive a share of Company Common Stock upon the

attainment of the Performance Goals.

2.19 “Separation from Service” means separation from service as defined in the Treasury Regulations under

Code section 409A. “Separates from Service” shall have a consistent meaning.

2.20 “Target Award” means the target award, at one hundred percent (100%) achievement of the Performance

Goals payable under the Plan, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 3.
SELECTION OF PARTICIPANTS AND DETERMINATION OF AWARDS

3.1 Selection of Participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall select the Employees who shall be

Participants in the Plan and the Committee may, in its sole discretion, select Employees to participate in the Plan at
any time during any Performance Period.

3.2 Determination of Target Awards. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish and grant a Target

Award that may be earned by each Participant. A Participant’s Target Award shall be established by the Committee in
writing no later than the 90th day of the Performance Period, or, for employees newly hired or promoted during a
Performance Period, before 25% of the remaining Performance Period has elapsed as measured from the date of
hire or promotion, as applicable. The Committee may establish Target Awards in a different manner for different
groups of Participants. The Target Award shall be granted in the form of Restricted Stock Units. Unless otherwise
determined by the Committee, the number of Restricted Stock Units granted shall be based on the fair market value
of the Company’s Common Stock as of the effective date of the grant; provided, for purposes of determining the
number of Restricted Stock Units granted to an Employee who becomes a Participant after the beginning of an
applicable Performance Period, the number of Restricted Stock Units may be determined, in the sole discretion of the
Committee, based on (a) the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the effective date of the initial
grants to Participants for the applicable Performance Period, reduced by the value of any cash dividends or cash
distributions (regular or otherwise) that are paid with respect to the Company’s Common Stock from that date to the
date of grant, (b) the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date on which the Participant
commenced participation in the Plan, or (c) such other manner as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.
Restricted Stock Units shall be granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Award Plan. Further, if at any time the
Common Stock ceases to be registered as a class of equity securities under the Exchange Act, whether as a result of
a Change of Control or otherwise, the Committee may in its sole discretion convert any Restricted Stock Units into a
right to receive cash in lieu of shares of Common Stock based upon the fair

5

market value of a share of Common Stock at the time of or immediately prior to the time the Common Stock was no
longer registered under the Exchange Act.

3.3 Award Agreements. Target Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements.
Award Agreements may be amended by the Committee with the consent of the germane Participant from time to time
and need not contain uniform provisions.

3.4 Dividend Equivalent Rights. A Participant shall be entitled to dividend equivalent rights with respect to

Restricted Stock Units to the extent that any cash dividends or cash distributions (regular or otherwise) are paid with
respect to the Company’s Common Stock during the Performance Period, unless otherwise expressly set forth in an
Award Agreement. The dividend equivalent rights will be subject to the vesting restrictions and the other terms and
conditions under this Plan that are applicable to the Restricted Stock Units until such time, if ever, as the Restricted
Stock Units with respect to which the dividend equivalent rights are paid vest.

SECTION 4.

VESTING AND PAYMENT OF AWARDS

4.1 Attainment of Performance Goals. In order for Actual Awards to be earned and paid for an applicable
Performance Period, the Company must attain the Performance Goals for the applicable Performance Period and the
Committee must certify the attainment of such Performance Goals in writing.

4.2 Vesting.

(a) Subject to Section 4.2(b) below, Target Awards shall vest upon the Committee’s reasonable
determination that the Performance Goals have been achieved at the end of the Performance Period. If the
Performance Goals are met and certified by the Committee in writing, Participants will be entitled to the vested
portion of a Target Award unless the Participant has otherwise forfeited a portion or all of the Target Award as
set forth in Section 4.4 .

(b) In the event of a Change of Control, vesting shall be accelerated as follows, provided that the

Company is on track to meet the Performance Goals as reasonably determined by the Committee (as
comprised immediately prior to the Change of Control).

(i) If a Change of Control occurs during the first year of the applicable Performance Period, fifty

percent (50%) of the Participant’s Target Award shall vest.

6

(ii) If a Change of Control occurs during the second year of the applicable Performance Period,

seventy-five percent (75%) of the Participant’s Target Award shall vest.

(iii) If a Change of Control occurs during the final year of the applicable Performance Period, the

Participant’s Target Award shall vest in full.

With respect to an employee who becomes a Participant after the beginning of an applicable
Performance Period, the accelerated vesting described above will apply on a prorated basis based on the
number of days worked during the Performance Period, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. For
clarity, if an employee becomes a Participant in the second year of the applicable Performance Period and a
Change in Control occurs later during that second year of the applicable Performance Period, accelerated
vesting of his Target Award (prorated as described in section 4.4, below) will be calculated as follows: seventy-
five percent (75%) of a Participant’s unvested Target Award will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the number of days the Employee was a Participant in the Plan during the applicable Performance
Period, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the applicable Performance Period.

(c) All Actual Awards including pro-rated awards will be paid at the time provided in Section 4.3.

4.3 Time and Form of Payment.

(a) Each Actual Award shall be paid in Common Stock pursuant to the Award Agreements, subject to

any required withholding for income and employment taxes. Dividend equivalent rights shall be paid in cash in
a single lump sum to the extent earned.

(b) Actual Awards will be paid on or after the third business day after the Company’s annual audit for the
last fiscal year of the applicable Performance Period has been completed and the Company’s annual report on
Form 10-K for such fiscal year has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, but in no event
later than the last day of the calendar year that begins immediately following the end of the applicable
Performance Period.

(c) Notwithstanding 4.3(b), in the event of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s estate will be eligible to
receive an amount not greater than one-hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s Target Award, prorated to
reflect the number of days he or she worked during the applicable Performance Period, and such amount,
which will be determined in the Committee’s sole discretion, will be paid in the year following Participant’s
death. For clarity, prorated awards will be calculated as follows: one-hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s
Target Award will be multiplied by a fraction,

7

the numerator of which is the number of days the Participant was continuously providing services to the
Company during the applicable Performance Period through the date immediately prior to the Participant’s
death, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the applicable Performance Period.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no payments contemplated by this Plan will be

paid during the six-month period following a Participant’s Separation from Service unless the Company
determines, in its good faith judgment, that paying such amounts at the times indicated in paragraphs 4.3(b)
and (c) would not cause the Participant to incur an additional tax under Code section 409A, in which case the
Actual Award shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from
Service.

(e) The Compensation Committee of the Board may require forfeiture or a clawback of any incentive

compensation awarded or paid under this Plan in excess of the compensation actually earned based on a
restatement of the Company’s financial statements as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for
the period covered by this Plan.

4.4 Proration or Forfeiture of Target Award.

(a) Newly hired or promoted employees who are selected to participate in the Plan after the beginning
of an applicable Performance Period will participate in the Plan on a prorated basis based on the number of
days worked during the applicable Performance Period after being selected to participate in the Plan. The
prorated award will be calculated as follows unless otherwise determined by the Committee: one-hundred
percent (100%) of a Participant’s unvested Target Award will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of days the Employee was a Participant in the Plan during the applicable Performance Period,
and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the applicable Performance Period.

(b) If the Participant involuntarily Separates from Service without Cause or due to disability, he or she

will be eligible to receive a prorated Target Award if the Performance Goals for the applicable Performance
Period are met provided that, in the event Participant involuntarily Separates from Service without Cause, he
or she has executed a release, any waiting period in connection with such release has expired, he or she has
not exercised any rights to revoke the release and he or she has followed any other applicable and customary
termination procedures, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. The unvested Target Award will
be prorated to the date of Separation from Service, and the prorated award will be calculated as follows: one-
hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s unvested Target Award will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of days the Participant was continuously providing services to the Company during the
applicable Performance Period through the date immediately prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service,
and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the applicable Performance Period. Prorated
awards will be paid to the Participant at the time provided in Sections 4.3.

8

(c) Notwithstanding Section 4.4(b), any Participant who involuntarily Separates from Service without

Cause during his or her first year of participation in the Plan shall forfeit any right to receive an Actual Award.

(d) Any Participant whose employment is terminated for Cause or who voluntarily Separates from
Service prior to the date Actual Awards are paid shall forfeit any right to receive an Actual Award, unless
otherwise authorized by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 5.
ADMINISTRATION

5.1 Committee is the Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall

consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board, and no member of the Committee shall be a Participant. The
members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

5.2 Committee Authority. It shall be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the

Plan’s provisions. The Committee shall have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the
Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (a) determine which Employees shall be
granted awards, (b) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (c) interpret the Plan and the awards, (d) adopt
such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who
are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (e) adopt rules or principles for the administration,
interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (f) interpret, amend or revoke any such
rules or principles. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or
interpretation made in good faith with respect to an award granted pursuant to this Plan.

5.3 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate

of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and
shall be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

5.4 Delegation by the Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it

may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or
officers of the Company.

SECTION 6.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

9

6.1 Unsecured General Creditor. Actual Awards shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company.

Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right
other than as an unsecured general creditor having the status of an employee of the Company or an Affiliate thereof
with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

6.2 Tax Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from, or in respect of, any payment to be made
an amount sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local or foreign tax withholding requirements (including, but not limited
to, the Participant’s FICA and Social Security obligations). The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or
part of his or her tax withholding obligations by having the Company withhold an amount from any cash amounts
otherwise due or to become due from the Company to the Participant or, with respect to Restricted Stock Units,
having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock that become vested having a fair market value
equal to the tax withholding obligations. The fair market value of the shares to be withheld or delivered will be
determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

6.3 No Rights as Employee. Nothing in the Plan or any documents relating to the Plan shall (a) confer on a

Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company; (b) constitute any contract or agreement of
employment; or (c) interfere in any way with the Company’s right to terminate the Participant’s employment at any
time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company
and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) shall not be deemed a Separation from Service.

6.4 Participation. No Employee shall have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan.
Participation in the Plan in one Performance Period does not connote any right to participate in the Plan in any future
Performance Period.

6.5 Successors. This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to

the Company and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

6.6 Payment in the Event of Death. In the event of a Participant’s death, any vested benefits remaining unpaid

shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

6.7 Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with
respect to an award granted to a Participant shall be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND DURATION

SECTION 7.

7.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination. The Board, in its sole discretion and without prior notice to

Participants, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at

10

any time and for any reason, to the extent such action will not cause adverse tax consequences to a Participant
under Code section 409A. Except as provided in Section 2.18, the amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan
shall not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or materially impair any rights or obligations under any Award
Agreement. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

7.2 Duration of the Plan. The Plan shall commence on January 1, 2018 and, subject to Section 7.1 (regarding

the Board’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), shall remain in effect thereafter.

SECTION 8.

LEGAL CONSTRUCTION

8.1 Code Section 409A. The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the
meaning of Code section 409A and shall be interpreted to meet the requirements of Code section 409A. To the extent
that any provision of the Plan would cause a conflict with the requirements of Code section 409A, or would cause the
administration of the Plan to fail to satisfy Code section 409A, such provision shall be deemed null and void to the
extent permitted by applicable law. Nothing herein shall be construed as a guarantee of any particular tax treatment
to a Participant.

8.2 Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein

also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

8.3 Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the
illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as
if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

8.4 Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules

and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be
required.

8.5 Governing Law. The Plan and all awards shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws

of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

8.6 Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and shall not serve as a basis for

interpretation or construction of the Plan.

11

EXHIBIT A

List of Spok Holdings, Inc. Participants (as of January 1, 2018)

Employee Name
Kelly, Vincent*
Goel, Hemant
Wallace, Michael W.
Saine, Thomas G.
Culp-Fingerhut, Bonnie K.
Woods Keisling, Sharon
Costanza, Mark A.
Scott, Donna R.
LaLonde, John**
Edds, Brian
Ling, Michael J.
Van Wijk, Elize M.
Giorgi, Vincent W.
Deboer, John
Czop, Michael
Mellin, Andrew F.
Guyton, Nate M.
Peterman, Ted M.
Soucy, Donald P.
Robinson, Donna
Kendzierski II, Michael A.
Stein, James E.
Mancherian, Randy C.
Wax, Jonathan A.
Anderson, Brian J.
Gildea, Brian J.
Raimondi, Nicholas A.

Job Title
President & CEO
President
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Information Officer
EVP, HR & Admin
Corp Secretary &Treasurer
SVP, Prof Services
SVP, Marketing
CTO
VP, Product Strategy
VP, Maintenance Revenue
VP, Technical Support
VP, Alliances
VP, Tech Engineering
VP, Technology Ops
Chief Medical Officer
Chief Nursing Officer
Controller
EVP, Sales
DVP, Sales
DVP, Sales
VP, Account Management
VP, Regional Sales
VP, Regional Sales
VP, Regional Sales
VP, Regional Sales
VP, Wireless

*The Chief Executive Officer participates in the Plan pursuant to his employment agreement.
**The CTO participates upon actual hire date.

1

EXHIBIT B

Performance Objectives

2018-2020 Performance Period

2

Exhibit 10.16

Spok Holdings, Inc.
2021 Short-Term Incentive Plan
(Effective January 1, 2021)

I. Effective  Date.  The  2021  Short-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  for  Spok  Holdings,  Inc.,  was  adopted  by  the
Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Compensation  Committee”)  of  Spok  Holdings,  Inc.,  (the
“Parent”  or  the  “Company”),  a  Delaware  corporation  for  the  employees  of  Spok,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  and  an
indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Parent  (“Spok”)  on  December  2,  2020.  The  Plan  is  effective  as  of  January  1,
2021 and supersedes and replaces all former management short-term incentive plans, including the Spok Holdings, Inc.,
2020 Short-Term Incentive Plan.

II. Purpose. The  Plan  is  designed  to  attract,  motivate,  retain  and  reward  key  employees  for  their  performance  during  the
calendar year, from January 1 through December 31, 2021 (the “Performance Period”). The Plan rewards key employees
by allowing them to receive cash bonuses based on how well the Company performs against the performance objectives
as set forth by the Compensation Committee and, as may be adjusted by the Compensation Committee in the event of a
Change  of  Control  or  other  corporate  reorganization,  merger,  similar  transaction,  to  take  into  account  extraordinary
events or as the Compensation Committee determines is in the best interests of the Company. In order for bonuses to be
earned,  the  Company  must  meet  the  quantitative  Performance  Objectives  and  the  Management  by  Objective  (MBO)
criteria  as  by  December  31,  2021.  Performance  Objectives  are  based  solely  on  the  consolidated  performance  of  the
Company. For clarity, Performance Objectives and the attainment thereof does not include revenue or expenses related
to  acquisitions  or  due  diligence  expenses  occurring  after  the  Effective  Date  of  this  Plan  except  as  directed  by  the
Compensation Committee.

III. Eligibility. Participation in the Plan is limited to those key employees who are selected for participation in the Plan by the
Compensation  Committee,  in  its  sole  discretion  (each  such  individual,  a  “Participant”).  Individuals  selected  by  the
Compensation  Committee  to  participate  as  of  January  1,  2021  are  listed  on  Exhibit  A.  Newly  hired  or  promoted
employees, or employees who otherwise become eligible to participate, who are selected to participate in the Plan after
January 1, 2021 but before October 1, 2021 will participate in the Plan on a prorated basis based on the number of days
worked during the performance period after becoming bonus eligible. Employees who are newly hired or promoted on or
after October 1, 2021 will not be eligible to participate in the Plan.

IV. Target Bonus. The target bonus for each Participant is based on a percentage of the Participant’s annual (or prorated, if
applicable)  salary  as  of  January  1,  2021  (or  date  of  hire  or  promotion  to  an  eligible  position,  if  later).  The  applicable
percentage is determined by the Compensation Committee with respect to executives earning $250,000 or more and by
the CEO for other management and need not be identical among Participants. The earned bonus may be greater than or
less than the target bonus depending on the level at which the Performance Objectives are attained.

Exhibit 10.16

V. Payment of Earned Bonus.

b.

a. Except as provided herein, each earned bonus under the Plan will be calculated based on the attainment of the
Performance Objectives and will be paid in a lump sum (subject to any required withholding for income and
employment taxes) after the 2021 annual audit of the Parent’s consolidated financial statement has been
completed and the Parent’s 2021 Annual Report on Form 10-K has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission but in no event later than December 31, 2022.
If the Participant involuntarily Separates from Service without Cause or due to disability or dies prior to December
31, 2021, he or she will be eligible to receive a prorated bonus provided that the Company is on track to attain the
Performance Objectives as reasonably determined by the Compensation Committee and provided further that, in
the event Participant involuntarily Separates from Service without Cause, he or she has executed a release, any
waiting period in connection with such release has expired, he or she has not exercised any rights to revoke the
release and he or she has followed any other applicable and customary termination procedures, as determined
by the Parent in its sole discretion. The bonus will be prorated to the date of Participant’s Separation from Service
or death, calculated as follows: one-hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s target bonus will be multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Participant was continuously providing services to the
Company from January 1, 2021 through the date immediately prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service or
death, and the denominator of which is 365 days. Prorated bonuses will be paid to the Participant, or in the event
of  Participant’s  death,  the  Participant’s  estate,  on  the  sixty-fifth  (65th)  day  following  the  date  of  Participant’s
Separation from Service or death.

i. For  purposes  of  the  Plan,  “Separation  from  Service”  shall  have  the  meaning  provided  in  the  Treasury
Regulations  under  section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  “Code”),  and
“Separates  from  Service”  shall  have  a  consistent  meaning.  Unless  otherwise  defined  in  an  employment
agreement  between  the  Participant  and  the  Parent  or  the  Company,  for  purposes  of  the  Plan,  “Cause”
means (i) dishonesty of a material nature that relates to the performance of services for the Company by
Participants;  (ii)  criminal  conduct  (other  than  minor  infractions  and  traffic  violations)  that  relates  to  the
performance of services for the Company by Participant; (iii) the Participant’s willfully breaching or failing
to perform his or her duties as an employee of the Company (other than any such failure resulting from
the Participant having a disability (as defined herein)), within a reasonable period of time after a written
demand  for  substantial  performance  is  delivered  to  the  Participant  by  the  Compensation  Committee,
which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Compensation Committee believes that the
Participant  has  not  substantially  performed  his  duties;  or  (iv)  the  willful  engaging  by  the  Participant  in
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Parent, Company or an Affiliate, monetarily or
otherwise.  No  act  or  failure  to  act  on  the  Participant’s  part  shall  be  deemed  “willful”  unless  done,  or
omitted to be done; by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or
omission  was  in  the  reasonable  best  interests  of  the  Parent,  Company  and  Affiliates.  For  this  purpose,
“disability”  means  a  condition  or  circumstance  such  that  the  Participant  has  become  totally  and
permanently

Exhibit 10.16

disabled as defined or described in the Parent’s long term disability benefit plan applicable to executive
officers as in effect at the time the Participant incurs a disability.

c. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no payments contemplated by this Plan will be paid during
the  six-month  period  following  a  Participant’s  Separation  from  Service  unless  the  Company  determines,  in  its
good faith judgment, that paying such amounts at the time indicated in paragraph b above would not cause the
Participant to incur an additional tax under Code section 409A (a)(2)(B)(i), in which case the bonus payment shall
be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service.

VI. Forfeiture. Any Participant whose employment is terminated for Cause or who voluntarily Separates from Service prior to

the date bonuses are paid shall forfeit any right to receive a bonus award.

VII. Clawback.  The  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  may  require  forfeiture  or  a  clawback  of  any  incentive
compensation awarded or paid under this Plan in excess of the compensation actually earned based on a restatement of
the Company’s financial statements as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the period covered by this
Plan.

VIII.Administrator. The Compensation Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, and shall have full
discretionary  power  and  authority  to  construe  and  interpret  the  Plan;  to  prescribe,  amend  and  rescind  rules  and
regulations, terms, and notices hereunder; and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable in its discretion
for  the  administration  of  the  Plan.  Any  actions  of  the  Compensation  Committee  with  respect  to  the  Plan  shall  be
conclusive and binding upon all persons interested in the Plan. The Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion and
on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to
one or more directors and/or officers of the Parent or the Company.

IX. Amendment; Termination. The Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, without prior notice to Participants, may
amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, including the Performance Objectives as described in Section II, at any
time and for any reason, to the extent such action will not cause adverse tax consequences to a participant under Code
section 409A. Any amendment or termination must be in writing and shall be communicated to all Participants. No award
may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

X. Miscellaneous.

a. No Rights as Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan or any documents relating to this Plan shall (a) confer on
a  Participant  any  right  to  continue  in  the  employ  of  the  Company;  (b)  constitute  any  contract  or  agreement  of
employment; or (c) interfere in any way with the Company’s right to terminate the Participant’s employment at any
time, with or without Cause.

b. Tax  Withholding.  To  the  extent  required  by  applicable  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  law,  the  Company  shall
withhold all applicable taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and Social Security obligations)
from any bonus payment.

Exhibit 10.16

c. Transferability. A Participant may not sell, assign, transfer or encumber any of his or her rights under the Plan.

d. Unsecured  General  Creditor.  Participants  (or  their  beneficiary)  may  seek  to  enforce  any  rights  or  claims  for

payment under the Plan solely as an unsecured general creditor of the Parent or Spok.

e. Successors. This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parent, Company and any successor

to the Company and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

f. Code Section 409A. The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the meaning of
Code section 409A and shall be interpreted to meet the requirements of Code section 409A. To the  extent  that
any provision of the Plan would cause a conflict with the requirements of Code section 409A, or would cause the
administration of the Plan to fail to satisfy Code section 409A, such provision shall be deemed null and void to the
extent  permitted  by  applicable  law.  Nothing  herein  shall  be  construed  as  a  guarantee  of  any  particular  tax
treatment to a Participant.

g. Governing  Law.  All  questions  pertaining  to  the  validity,  construction  and  administration  of  the  Plan  shall  be
determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law provisions.

h.

Integration. This document and each exhibit hereto represent the entire agreement and understanding between
the Company and the Participants and supersede any and all prior agreements or understandings, whether oral
or written, with the Company relating to the subject matter covered by this Plan.

i. Severability. In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid, such illegality or invalidity shall be
construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein and shall not affect
the remaining provisions of this Plan, but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced
as if any such illegal or invalid provision were not a part hereof.

[Execution page follows]

Exhibit 10.16

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Spok Holdings, Inc., by its duly authorized officer acting in accordance with a resolution

duly adopted by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Spok Holdings, Inc., has executed this Plan for the
benefit of employees of Spok Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries, effective as of January 1, 2021.

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ Vincent D. Kelly    
Vincent D. Kelly, President & CEO

Exhibit 10.21

SPOK HOLDINGS, inc.
2020 Equity incentive AWARD plan

RESTRICTED STOCK Unit Grant Notice

Spok  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  “Company”),  pursuant  to  its  2020  Equity  Incentive  Award
Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“Participant”) the number of
Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”) set forth below. The RSUs are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  (the  “Grant  Notice”),  the  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  attached  hereto  as
Exhibit A (the “Agreement”) and the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined
herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in the Grant Notice and the Agreement.

Participant:
Employer:
Grant Date:
Number of RSUs:
Type of Shares Issuable:
Vesting Schedule:

Common Stock of Spok Holdings, Inc.
[Specified in individual agreements]

By Participant’s signature, and the Company’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms
and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and the Grant Notice. Participant has reviewed the Agreement, the Plan
and the Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing the
Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby
agrees  to  accept  as  binding,  conclusive  and  final  all  decisions  or  interpretations  of  the  Administrator  upon  any
questions arising under the Plan, the Grant Notice, or the Agreement.

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.

PARTICIPANT

HOLDER:

By:

Name:
Title:

Title:

By:

Name:

Address:

                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
Exhibit A
TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT Grant Notice

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached, the Company has granted to Participant the

number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1

Defined Terms. Capitalized  terms  not  specifically  defined  herein  shall  have  the  meanings  specified  in

the Plan or the Grant Notice.

(a)

“Cause,” means (i) if Participant is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with
the  Company or any  of  its  Subsidiaries  in  which  the  term  “cause”  is  defined (a “Relevant Agreement”),  “Cause”  as
defined in the Relevant Agreement, and (ii) if no Relevant Agreement exists, (a) dishonesty of a material nature that
relates  to  the  performance  of  services  for  the  Company  by  Participants;  (b)  criminal  conduct  (other  than  minor
infractions and traffic violations) that relates to the performance of services for the Company by Participant; (c) the
Participant’s willfully breaching or failing to perform his or her duties as an employee of the Company (other than any
such  failure  resulting  from  the  Participant  having  a  Disability),  within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  after  a  written
demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Board, which demand specifically identifies
the manner in which the Board believes that the Participant has not substantially performed his or her duties; or (d)
the  willful  engaging  by  the  Participant  in  conduct  that  is  demonstrably  and  materially  injurious  to  the  Company,
monetarily  or  otherwise.  No  act  or  failure  to  act  on  the  Participant’s  part  shall  be  deemed  “willful”  unless  done,  or
omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was
in the reasonable best interests of the Company.

(b)

“Disability”  as  used  herein  means  a  condition  or  circumstance  such  that  the  Participant  has
become totally and permanently disabled as defined or described in the Company’s long-term disability benefit plan
applicable to executive officers as in effect at the time the Participant incurs a disability.

(c)

“Qualifying Termination”  means  a  Participant’s  Termination  of  Service  by  the  Company  without

Cause or due to Participant’s death or Disability.

1.1

Incorporation  of  Terms  of  Plan.  The  RSUs  and  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  (“Stock”)  issued  to
Participant hereunder (“Shares”)  are  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  this  Agreement  and  the  Plan,
which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement,
the terms of the Plan shall control.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

ARTICLE II.

A-1

2.1

Award of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents.

(a)

In  consideration  of  Participant’s  past  and/or  continued  employment  with  or  service  to  the
Company or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the grant date set forth in the
Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”), the Company has granted to Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant
Notice,  upon  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the  Grant  Notice,  the  Plan  and  this  Agreement,  subject  to
adjustments as provided in Section 14.3 of the Plan. Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share or, at the
option of the Company, an amount of cash as set forth in Section 2.3(a), in either case, at the times and subject to the
conditions  set  forth  herein.  However,  unless  and  until  the  RSUs  have  vested,  Participant  will  have  no  right  to  the
payment  of  any  Shares  subject  thereto.  Prior  to  the  actual  delivery  of  any  Shares,  the  RSUs  will  represent  an
unsecured obligation of the Company, payable only from the general assets of the Company.

(b)

The  Company  hereby  grants  to  Participant  an  Award  of  Dividend  Equivalents  with  respect  to
each RSU granted pursuant to the Grant Notice for all ordinary cash dividends which are paid to all or substantially all
holders  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Stock  between  the  Grant  Date  and  the  date  when  the  applicable  RSU  is
distributed or paid to Participant or is forfeited or expires. The Dividend Equivalents for each RSU shall be equal to
the amount of cash which is paid as a dividend on one share of Stock. All such Dividend Equivalents shall be credited
to Participant and shall be subject to the same vesting, distribution, transferability, and forfeitability provisions which
apply to the underlying RSU to which such additional RSU relates such that Dividend Equivalents shall only be paid
out  to  the  extent  the  underlying  RSU  vests  and  is  distributable.  Dividend  Equivalents,  to  the  extent  vested  and
distributable, shall be distributed solely as a lump sum payment.

2.2

Vesting of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents.

(a)

Subject to Participant’s continued employment with or service to the Company or a Subsidiary on
each applicable vesting date and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the RSUs shall vest in such amounts and at
such  times  as  are  set  forth  in  the  Grant  Notice.  Dividend  Equivalents  pursuant  to  Section  2.1(b)  hereof  shall  vest
whenever the underlying RSU to which such additional RSU relates vests.

(b)

In the event Participant incurs a Termination of Service, except as set forth in the Grant Notice,
the  Participant  shall  immediately  forfeit  any  and  all  RSUs  and  Dividend  Equivalents  granted  under  this  Agreement
which  have  not  vested  or  do  not  vest  on  or  prior  to  the  date  on  which  such  Termination  of  Service  occurs,  and
Participant’s rights in any such RSUs and Dividend Equivalents which are not so vested shall lapse and expire.

2.3

Distribution or Payment of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents.

(a)

Participant’s  RSUs  shall  be  distributed  in  Shares.  Dividend  Equivalents  shall  be  distributed  in
Shares or paid in cash in a single lump sum. All distributions shall be subject to any required withholding for income
and employment taxes.

(b)

Distributions for vested RSUs and Dividend Equivalents will be paid as soon as administratively

practicable after the vesting of the applicable RSU, but in no event

A-2

more than sixty (60) days after the RSU’s vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any
payment  under  this  Agreement  that  the  Company  reasonably  determines  would  violate  Applicable  Law  until  the
earliest  date  the  Company  reasonably  determines  the  making  of  the  payment  will  not  cause  such  a  violation  (in
accordance  with  Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii)),  provided  the  Company  reasonably  believes  the
delay will not result in the imposition of excise taxes under Section 409A (as defined below).

(c)

In  no  event  shall  any  distributions  be  paid  during  the  six-month  period  following  a  Participant’s
“Separation from Service” (as defined in Section 409A) unless the Company determines, in its good faith judgment,
that paying such amounts at the times indicated in paragraph (b), above, would not cause the Participant to incur an
additional tax under Code section 409A, in which case the distribution shall be paid on the first day of the seventh
month following the Participant’s Separation from Service.

2.4

Certificates.  Unless  the  Administrator  otherwise  determines  or  Applicable  Laws  require,  he  Company
shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for any Shares and such Shares may instead be
recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

2.5

Tax Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(a)

The Company and its Subsidiaries have the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant
to remit to the Company or the applicable Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local
and foreign taxes (including the employee portion of any FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect
to  any  taxable  event  arising  pursuant  to  this  Agreement.  The  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  may  withhold  or  the
Participant may make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:

the withholding obligation arises;

(i)

by cash or check made payable to the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to which

(ii)

by the deduction of such amount from other compensation payable to Participant;

(iii)

with  respect  to  any  withholding  taxes  arising  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  the
RSUs,  with  the  consent  of  the  Administrator,  by  requesting  that  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  withhold  a  net
number of vested shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the RSUs having a then-current Fair Market Value
not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company and its Subsidiaries based
on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax
purposes;

(iv)

with  respect  to  any  withholding  taxes  arising  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  the
RSUs,  with  the  consent  of  the  Administrator,  by  tendering  to  the  Company  vested  shares  of  Stock  having  a  then-
current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company
and its Subsidiaries

A-3

based  on  the  minimum  applicable  statutory  withholding  rates  for  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  income  tax  and
payroll tax purposes;

(v)

with  respect  to  any  withholding  taxes  arising  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  the
RSUs, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the
Company with respect to shares of Stock then issuable to Participant pursuant to the RSUs, and that the broker has
been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company or the Subsidiary with respect
to  which  the  withholding  obligation  arises  in  satisfaction  of  such  withholding  taxes;  provided  that  payment  of  such
proceeds  is  then  made  to  the  Company  or  the  applicable  Subsidiary  at  such  time  as  may  be  required  by  the
Administrator, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale; or

(vi)

in any combination of the foregoing.

(b) With  respect  to  any  withholding  taxes  arising  in  connection  with  the  RSUs,  in  the  event
Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the Company shall have
the  right  and  option,  but  not  the  obligation,  to  treat  such  failure  as  an  election  by  Participant  to  satisfy  all  or  any
portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 2.5(a)(ii) or Section 2.5(a)(iii) above, or any
combination of the foregoing as the Company may determine to be appropriate. The Company shall not be obligated
to deliver any certificate representing shares of Stock issuable with respect to the RSUs to Participant or his or her
legal  representative  unless  and  until  Participant  or  his  or  her  legal  representative  shall  have  paid  or  otherwise
satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of
Participant resulting from the vesting or settlement of the RSUs or any other taxable event related to the RSUs.

(c)

In the event any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the RSUs will be satisfied
under  Section  2.5(a)(iii),  then  the  Company  may  elect  to  instruct  any  brokerage  firm  determined  acceptable  to  the
Company for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those shares of Stock then
issuable  to  Participant  pursuant  to  the  RSUs  as  the  Company  determines  to  be  appropriate  to  generate  cash
proceeds sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding obligation and to remit the proceeds of such sale to the Company or
the  Subsidiary  with  respect  to  which  the  withholding  obligation  arises.  Participant’s  acceptance  of  this  Award
constitutes  Participant’s  instruction  and  authorization  to  the  Company  and  such  brokerage  firm  to  complete  the
transactions  described  in  this  Section  2.5(c),  including  the  transactions  described  in  the  previous  sentence,  as
applicable. The Company may refuse to issue any shares of Stock in settlement of the RSUs to Participant until the
foregoing  tax  withholding  obligations  are  satisfied,  provided  that  no  payment  shall  be  delayed  under  this  Section
2.5(c) if such delay will result in a violation of Section 409A of the Code.

(d)

Participant  is  ultimately  liable  and  responsible  for  all  taxes  owed  in  connection  with  the  RSUs,
regardless  of  any  action  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  takes  with  respect  to  any  tax  withholding  obligations  that
arise in connection with the RSUs. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking
regarding the treatment

A-4

of  any  tax  withholding  in  connection  with  the  awarding,  vesting  or  payment  of  the  RSUs  or  the  subsequent  sale  of
Shares.  The  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  do  not  commit  and  are  under  no  obligation  to  structure  the  RSUs  to
reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

2.1

Rights  as  Stockholder.  Neither  Participant  nor  any  person  claiming  under  or  through  Participant  will
have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder
unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book-entry form) will have been issued and
recorded  on  the  records  of  the  Company  or  its  transfer  agents  or  registrars,  and  delivered  to  Participant  (including
through  electronic  delivery  to  a  brokerage  account).  Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  after  such  issuance,
recordation  and  delivery,  Participant  will  have  all  the  rights  of  a  stockholder  of  the  Company  with  respect  to  such
Shares, including, without limitation, the right to receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

ARTICLE III.

OTHER PROVISIONS

3.1

Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Grant Notice and this
Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, the Grant Notice
and this Agreement as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken
and  all  interpretations  and  determinations  made  by  the  Administrator  will  be  final  and  binding  upon  Participant,  the
Company  and  all  other  interested  persons.  To  the  extent  allowable  pursuant  to  Applicable  Law,  no  member  of  the
Committee or the Board will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made with respect to
the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

3.2

RSUs Not Transferable. The  RSUs  may  not  be  sold,  pledged,  assigned  or  transferred  in  any  manner
other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the Shares underlying the RSUs have been
issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. No RSUs or any interest or right therein or part
thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or
shall  be  subject  to  disposition  by  transfer,  alienation,  anticipation,  pledge,  encumbrance,  assignment  or  any  other
means  whether  such  disposition  be  voluntary  or  involuntary  or  by  operation  of  law  by  judgment,  levy,  attachment,
garnishment  or  any  other  legal  or  equitable  proceedings  (including  bankruptcy),  and  any  attempted  disposition
thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding
sentence.

3.3

Adjustments.  The  Administrator  may  accelerate  the  vesting  of  all  or  a  portion  of  the  RSUs  in  such
circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. Participant acknowledges that the RSUs and the Shares
subject  to  the  RSUs  are  subject  to  adjustment,  modification  and  termination  in  certain  events  as  provided  in  this
Agreement and Section 14.3 of the Plan.

A-5

3.4

Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed
to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given
to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. By a
notice given pursuant to this Section 3.4, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be
given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return
receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by
the United States Postal Service.

3.5

Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation

or construction of this Agreement.

3.6

Governing  Law.  The  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware  shall  govern  the  interpretation,  validity,
administration,  enforcement  and  performance  of  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  regardless  of  the  law  that  might  be
applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

3.7

Conformity  to  Securities  Laws.  Participant  acknowledges  that  the  Plan,  the  Grant  Notice  and  this
Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the
provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated thereunder
by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  and  state  securities  laws  and  regulations.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein  to  the  contrary,  the  Plan  shall  be  administered,  and  the  RSUs  are  granted,  only  in  such  a  manner  as  to
conform to Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed
amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

3.8

Amendment, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be
wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the
Administrator  or  the  Board,  provided  that,  except  as  may  otherwise  be  provided  by  the  Plan,  no  amendment,
modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the RSUs in any material way without
the prior written consent of Participant.

3.9

Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or
multiple  assignees,  and  this  Agreement  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  the  successors  and  assigns  of  the  Company.
Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 3.2 and the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

3.10

Limitations  Applicable  to  Section  16  Persons. Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan  or  this
Agreement,  if  Participant  is  subject  to  Section  16  of  the  Exchange  Act,  the  Plan,  the  RSUs  (including  RSUs  which
result from the deemed reinvestment of Dividend Equivalents), the Dividend Equivalents, the Grant Notice and this
Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of
the  Exchange  Act  (including  any  amendment  to  Rule  16b-3  of  the  Exchange  Act)  that  are  requirements  for  the
application  of  such  exemptive  rule.  To  the  extent  permitted  by  Applicable  Law,  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

A-6

3.11 Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant
any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall
interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly
reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without
cause,  except  to  the  extent  expressly  provided  otherwise  in  a  written  agreement  between  the  Company  or  a
Subsidiary and Participant.

3.12 Entire  Agreement.  The  Plan,  the  Grant  Notice  and  this  Agreement  (including  any  exhibit  hereto)
constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of
the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

3.13 Section  409A.  This  Award  is  intended  to  be  exempt  from  or  comply  with  Section  409A  of  the  Code
(together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including
without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “Section  409A”)
such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, the Administrator may, without the Participant’s consent,
adopt  such  amendments  to  the  Plan,  the  Grant  Notice  or  this  Agreement,  or  adopt  other  policies  and  procedures
(including  amendments,  policies  and  procedures  with  retroactive  effect),  or  take  any  other  actions  as  the
Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of this Award, including
actions to exempt this Award from Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

3.14 Agreement  Severable.  In  the  event  that  any  provision  of  the  Grant  Notice  or  this  Agreement  is  held
invalid  or  unenforceable,  such  provision  will  be  severable  from,  and  such  invalidity  or  unenforceability  will  not  be
construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

3.15

Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as
herein  provided.  This  Agreement  creates  only  a  contractual  obligation  on  the  part  of  the  Company  as  to  amounts
payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself,
has any assets. Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to
amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents.

3.16 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any
electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together
shall constitute one instrument.

3.17 Broker-Assisted Sales. In  the  event  of  any  broker-assisted  sale  of  shares  of  Stock  in  connection  with
the payment of withholding taxes as provided in Section 2.5(a)(iii) or Section 2.5(a)(v): (A) any shares of Stock to be
sold through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation arises or as soon thereafter
as practicable; (B) such shares of Stock may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants in the Plan in
which all participants receive an average price; (C) Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and

A-7

other  costs  of  sale,  and  Participant  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  the  Company  harmless  from  any  losses,  costs,
damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (D) to the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed the applicable
tax  withholding  obligation,  the  Company  agrees  to  pay  such  excess  in  cash  to  Participant  as  soon  as  reasonably
practicable; (E) Participant acknowledges that the Company or its designee is under no obligation to arrange for such
sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy the applicable tax
withholding  obligation;  and  (F)  in  the  event  the  proceeds  of  such  sale  are  insufficient  to  satisfy  the  applicable  tax
withholding  obligation,  Participant  agrees  to  pay  immediately  upon  demand  to  the  Company  or  its  Subsidiary  with
respect to which the withholding obligation arises an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the
Company’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s withholding obligation.

*    *    *

A-8

Exhibit 10.23

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

Purpose and Effective Date.  The purpose of this Plan is to provide the non-employee members of the Board of Directors (the

1.
“Board”) of Spok Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and it successors (the “Company”) with an opportunity to defer payment of all
their Eligible Director Compensation (as defined below).  The Plan shall be effective as of April 29, 2020 (the “Effective Date”).

Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings given in this section unless a different meaning is clearly implied by the

2.
context:

(a)

“Change in Control” shall have the same meaning as defined in the Existing Equity Plan as in effect on the Effective Date;

provided, that, for purposes of the Plan, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if the transaction is not also a
“change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code.

(b)

(c)

(d)

“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

“Deferral Election Form” means an election form, in a form approved by the Plan Administrator, to be provided to directors

by the Plan Administrator, pursuant to which they may elect to defer Eligible Director Compensation under this Plan.

(e)

“Deferred Compensation Account” means an account maintained for each director who makes a deferral election as

described in Section 4.

(f)

“Deferred Stock Unit” means a Stock Unit that is received by a participant pursuant to this Plan and provides for the

deferred receipt of compensation.

(g)
Plan Year.

“Director Compensation” means the compensation payable to a director for his or her service as a director in the applicable

(h)

“Eligible Director Compensation” means such portion of Director Compensation that the Board designates on an approved

Deferral Election Form as eligible for deferral under this Plan.

(i)

“Equity Plan” means the Existing Equity Plan and any successor or replacement plan as in effect from time to time. For the

avoidance of doubt, following and subject to the approval of the Spok Holdings, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Award Plan at the Company’s
2020 annual meeting of stockholders, “Equity Plan” shall mean and be deemed to refer to such 2020 Equity Incentive Award Plan and any
successor or replacement plan.

(j)

(k)

(l)

“Existing Equity Plan” means the 2012 Spok Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.

“Fair Market Value” means “Fair Market Value” as defined in the Equity Plan.

“Plan” means the Spok Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

 
 
 
(m)

“Plan Year” means a calendar year.

(n)

(o)

(p)

(q)

(r)

“Plan Administrator” means the Compensation Committee or its designee.

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

“Stock Award” means a fully vested award of Common Stock granted to a director for serving as a member of the Board.

“Stock Unit” means an economic unit equal in value to one share (or fraction thereof) of Common Stock.                            

Eligibility.  All members of the Board who are not employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company shall be eligible to

3.
participate in the Plan.

4.

Election to Defer Director Compensation.

(a)

Manner and Amount of Deferral Election.  A participant may elect to defer receipt of his or her Eligible Director

Compensation by giving written notice on a Deferral Election Form specifying the deferral.  A participant’s election to defer is irrevocable
and may not be changed, except as may be provided in the election form.

(b)

Time of Election.  Elections to defer the Eligible Director Compensation shall be made at the following times:

(i)

A director may elect to defer Eligible Director Compensation at such time or times during the calendar year as

permitted by the Plan Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the initial partial 2020 Plan Year, a director may elect to defer his or
her 2020 Eligible Director Compensation at any time prior to May 28, 2020 and such election shall apply to compensation earned for service
from and after May 28, 2020.

(ii)

A nominee for election to director (who is not at the time of nomination a sitting director and was not previously
eligible to participate in this Plan) may elect to defer Eligible Director Compensation no later than 30 days after the date of the director’s
commencement of services as a director.  Such deferral election shall be effective for Eligible Director Compensation, following the later of
(A) the date of the director’s commencement of services as a director, and (B) the date an irrevocable election form is filed with the
Company.

(c)

Duration of Deferral Election.  Unless otherwise permitted by the Plan Administrator and specified in an applicable deferral

election form, a deferral election will only apply to one Plan Year and a participant must make a new deferral election with respect to each
Plan Year that the participant decides to defer Eligible Director Compensation. The Plan Administrator may provide pursuant to the terms of
an approved deferral election form that such deferral election shall carry forward from year-to-year and

 
 
 
 
continue to apply to Eligible Director Compensation for subsequent years, in each case as specified in the applicable deferral election form.

Deferred Compensation Accounts.  The Company shall establish on its books and records a Deferred Compensation Account with

5.
sub accounts for each participant, as provided below.

(a)

Crediting of Eligible Director Compensation. Deferred Eligible Director Compensation, if applicable, shall be credited to the

participant’s Deferred Compensation Sub Account in the form of Deferred Stock Units on the date the it would otherwise have been paid or
granted, as applicable.  On such date, the Company shall credit to the Deferred Compensation Account with a number of Deferred Stock
Units equal to the Eligible Director Compensation that was deferred. With respect to deferred cash compensation, the number of Deferred
Stock Units will be equal to (i) the portion of the cash compensation that the participant elected to defer, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value
of a share of Common Stock on such date, rounded down to the nearest whole Deferred Stock Unit. No fractional Deferred Stock Units will
be credited to a participant’s account. Unused cash attributable to a fractional Deferred Stock Unit will be refunded to the participant in cash
as soon as practicable following the original payment date. A participant will be fully vested in each Deferred Stock Unit that relates to
deferred cash compensation.

(b)

Dividend Equivalents. Each Deferred Stock Unit credited to a participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall carry with
it a right to receive dividend equivalents in respect of the share of Common Stock underlying such Deferred Stock Unit. Dividend equivalents
shall be paid to participants in cash on the Company’s applicable dividend payment date based on the number of Deferred Stock Units,
whether vested or unvested, held in the director’s Deferred Compensation Account on the applicable Company record date. The dividend
equivalent right associated with a Deferred Stock Unit shall remain outstanding until the delivery to the participant of the share of Common
Stock underlying such Deferred Stock Unit.

(c)

Adjustment of Deferred Stock Units. If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased or decreased or the

shares of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of stock or other securities of the Company on
account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split, combination of stock, exchange of stock, stock dividend, or other
distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company
occurring after the Effective Date, the Plan Administrator will make appropriate adjustments to (i) the number and kind of shares of Common
Stock for which Deferred Stock Units are outstanding, and (ii) the number of Deferred Stock Units credited to each participant’s Deferred
Compensation Account.

6.

Payment of Deferred Compensation.

(a)

Distributions. Payment from the Deferred Stock Units shall be made in one lump sum on the earliest to occur of:

(i)

(ii)

within 90 days following the participant’s Separation From Service;

immediately prior to, on or within 30 days following a Change in Control;

 
 
 
 
(iii)

within 90 days following the participant’s Disability;

(iv)

the participant’s death.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, if on the date of the participant’s Separation from Service, the participant is a

“specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, the payment will occur on the later to occur of (x) the scheduled distribution date
and (y) the first day of the seventh month following the date of the participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the date of the
participant’s death.
(b)

Medium of Payment.  Payments from the Deferred Compensation Account shall be made in whole shares of Common Stock

for each whole Deferred Stock Unit, and in cash for any fractional Deferred Stock Unit; provided, that, the Company may choose in its
discretion to pay the participant cash in lieu of all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock.  Deferred Stock Units issued to and shares of
Common Stock paid to participants under the Plan shall be issued and paid from the Equity Plan.

Unfunded Promise to Pay; No Segregation of Funds or Assets.  Nothing in this Plan shall require the segregation of any assets of the

7.
Company or any type of funding by the Company, it being the intention of the parties that the Plan be an unfunded arrangement for federal
income tax purposes.  No participant shall have any rights to or interest in any specific assets or shares of Common Stock by reason of the
Plan, and any participant’s rights to enforce payment of the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be those of a general creditor of the
Company.

Nonassignability; Beneficiary Designation.  The right of a participant to receive any unpaid portion of the participant’s Deferred

8.
Compensation Account shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered or subjected in any manner to alienation or anticipation.
However, in the event of a participant’s death, the Company will pay the unpaid portion of the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account
to the participant’s designated beneficiaries. If the participant fails to complete a valid beneficiary designation, the participant’s beneficiary
will be his or her estate.

Administration.  The Plan will be administered under the supervision of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will

9.
prescribe guidelines and forms for the implementation and administration of the Plan, interpret the terms of the Plan, and make all other
substantive decisions regarding the operation of the Plan. The Plan Administrator’s decisions in its administration of the Plan are conclusive
and binding on all persons. 

Construction.  The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A and any regulations and guidance thereunder and shall be

10.
interpreted and operated in accordance with such intent.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, neither the Company, its
affiliates, the Board, nor the Committee will have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on
any participant under Section 409A, and neither the Company, its affiliates, the Board, nor the Committee will have any liability to any
participant for such tax or penalty. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions of law arising with respect to the Plan,
without regard to the choice of law principles of any jurisdiction, except where the laws governing the Plan are preempted by the laws of the
United States.  The Plan is intended to be construed so that participation in the Plan will be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1943, as amended, pursuant to regulations and interpretations issued from time to time by the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  If any provision of the Plan is held to be illegal or void, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of
the Plan, but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or

 
 
 
invalid provision had never been inserted.  This document constitutes the entire Plan, and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements on
the subject matter hereof.

11.
Claw-back. All awards of Deferred Stock Units under the Plan will be subject to mandatory repayment by the participant to the
Company to the extent the participant is, or in the future becomes, subject to any Company or affiliate “claw-back” or recoupment policy that
is adopted to comply with the requirements of any applicable law, rule, regulation or otherwise, or any law, rule, or regulation that imposes
mandatory recoupment, under circumstances set forth in such law, rule or regulation.

12.
Amendment and Termination.  The Board may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason. No amendment,
suspension, or termination will, without the consent of the participant, materially impair rights or obligations under any Deferred Stock Units
previously awarded to the participant under the Plan, except as provided below. The Board may terminate the Plan and distribute the
Deferred Compensation Accounts to participants in accordance with and subject to the rules of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix), or
successor provisions, and any generally applicable guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service permitting such termination and
distribution. 

 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23

We  have  issued  our  reports  dated  February  18,  2021,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
included in the Annual Report of Spok Holdings, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. We consent to the incorporation by reference of
said reports in the Registration Statements of Spok Holdings, Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-182444, File No. 333-212724 and File No. 333-240213).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Arlington, Virginia
February 18, 2021

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) OR 15D-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Vincent D. Kelly, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Spōk Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to

the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Dated: February 18, 2021

/s/ Vincent D. Kelly
Vincent D. Kelly
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) OR 15D-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Michael W. Wallace, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Spok Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to

the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Dated: February 18, 2021

/s/ Michael W. Wallace
Michael W. Wallace
Chief Financial Officer

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Spōk Holdings, Inc. (the

“Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

(i)

the  accompanying  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  (the  “Report”)  fully  complies  with  the
requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii)

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: February 18, 2021

/s/ Vincent D. Kelly
Vincent D. Kelly
President and Chief Executive Officer

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Spok Holdings, Inc. (the

“Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

(i)

the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) fully complies with the
requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: February 18, 2021

/s/ Michael W. Wallace
Michael W. Wallace
Chief Financial Officer

Reconciliation from Operating Expenses  
to Adjusted Operating Expenses
(Dollars in thousands)

Operating expenses

Add back:

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

Goodwill impairment

Capitalized software development costs

For the year ended

12/31/2020

12/31/2019

$170,845

$176,098 

$9,056

$25,007

$11,252

$9,249

$8,849

Adjusted operating expenses

$148,034 

$158,000

spok. co m

1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

spok. co m

2

Board of Directors
(as of 6/1/2021)

Royce Yudkoff
Chairman of the Board, Spok
Holdings, Inc. and Co-Founder,
ABRY Partners, LLC

Vincent D. Kelly
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Spok, Inc

N. Blair Butterfield
Chairman of Wind River Advisory Group, LLC

Stacia A. Hylton
Principal of LS Advisory

Brian O’Reilly
Former Managing Director,  
Toronto Dominion Bank

Matthew Oristano
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
Reaction Biology Corporation

Todd Stein
Co-Investment Manager, 
Braeside Investments, LLC 

Christine M. Cournoyer 
Former Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer, 
N-of-One, Inc. 

Dr. Bobbie Byrne
Chief Information Officer,  
Advocate Aurora Health

Brett Shockley
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Journey AI, Inc.

Corporate Officers

Vincent D. Kelly
President and Chief Executive Officer

Michael W. Wallace
Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer

Sharon Woods Keisling
Corporate Secretary and Treasurer

Annual Meeting

A formal notice of the meeting is being mailed to 
each stockholder. The proxy statement, proxy card 
and 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K are available 
at www.proxyvote.com.

This annual report contains the 2020 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission. Spok Holdings, Inc. will 
provide without charge to each stockholder of 
record additional copies of the Company’s 2020 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Please send your 
request to:

Investor Relations
Spok Holdings, Inc.
5911 Kingstowne Village Parkway, 6th floor
Alexandria, VA 22315

Investor and Media Information
Inquiries from investors, the financial community, 
and news organizations should be directed to 
Investor Relations and Corporate Communications 
at the address noted above, by calling (800) 611-
8488, or by visiting our website at www.spok.com.

Securities Listing
The common stock of Spok Holdings, Inc., trading 
symbol “SPOK,” trades on the NASDAQ National 
Market®.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233
Direct: (781) 575-2725
Toll Free: (877) 498-8865
Hearing Impaired: TDD (800) 952-9245
www.computershare.com/investor

Independent Public Accountants
Grant Thornton LLP
1000 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 1400
Arlington, VA 22209

Corporate Counsel
Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, NW, Suite 1000
Washington, DC 20004-1304

spok. co m

3

SM

Spok, Inc.
5911 Kingstowne Village Parkway, 6th floor
Alexandria, VA 22315

Telephone (800) 611-8488
Fax (866) 382-1662
www.spok.com

ABOUT SPOK, INC.
Spok, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Spok Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: SPOK), headquartered in Alexandria, Virginia, is 
proud to be a global leader in healthcare communications. We deliver clinical information to care teams when and where 
it matters most to improve patient outcomes. Top hospitals rely on the Spok Go® and Spok Care Connect® platforms to 
enhance workflows for clinicians and support administrative compliance. Our customers send over 100 million messages 
each month through their Spok® solutions. When seconds count and patients’ lives are at stake, Spok enables smarter, 
faster clinical communication. For more information, visit spok.com or follow @spoktweets on Twitter.

spok.com

© 2021 Spok, Inc. Spok is a trademark of Spok Holdings, Inc. Spok Care Connect and Spok Go are trademarks of Spok, Inc.  
Other names and trademarks may be the property of their respective owners.

Rev: 5/21